This is xorriso.info, produced by makeinfo version 5.2 from
xorriso.texi.

xorriso - creates, loads, manipulates and writes ISO 9660 filesystem
images with Rock Ridge extensions.

   Copyright (C) 2007 - 2026 Thomas Schmitt

     Permission is granted to distribute this text freely.
INFO-DIR-SECTION Archiving
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
* Xorriso: (xorriso).           Burns ISO 9660 on CD, DVD, BD.
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Overview,  Up: (dir)

GNU xorriso 1.5.8
*****************

xorriso - creates, loads, manipulates and writes ISO 9660 filesystem
images with Rock Ridge extensions.
* Menu:

* Overview::            Overview
* Model::               Session model
* Media::               Media types and states
* Methods::             Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing
* Drives::              Libburn drives
* Extras::              Rock Ridge, POSIX, X/Open, El Torito, ACL, xattr
* Processing::          Command processing
* Dialog::              Dialog, Readline, Result pager
* Commands::            Reference of commands
* Examples::            Examples
* Files::               Files
* Environ::             Environment
* Seealso::             See also
* Bugreport::           Reporting bugs
* Legal::               Author, Copyright, Credits
* CommandIdx::          Alphabetic Command List
* ConceptIdx::          Alphabetic List of Concepts and Objects


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Overview,  Next: Model,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top

1 Overview
**********

'xorriso' is a program which copies file objects from POSIX compliant
filesystems into Rock Ridge enhanced ISO 9660 filesystems and performs
session-wise manipulation of such filesystems.  It can load the
management information of existing ISO images and it writes the session
results to optical media or to filesystem objects.
Vice versa 'xorriso' is able to copy file objects out of ISO 9660
filesystems.

   A special property of 'xorriso' is that it needs neither an external
ISO 9660 formatter program nor an external burn program for CD, DVD or
BD but rather incorporates the libraries of libburnia-project.org .

1.1 Features
============


Operates on an existing ISO image or creates a new one.
Copies files from disk filesystem into the ISO image.
Copies files from ISO image to disk filesystem (see osirrox).
Renames or deletes file objects in the ISO image.
Changes file properties in the ISO image.
Updates ISO subtrees incrementally to match given disk subtrees.
Writes result either as completely new image or as add-on session to
optical media or filesystem objects.
Can activate ISOLINUX and GRUB boot images via El Torito and MBR.
Can perform multi-session tasks as emulation of mkisofs and cdrecord.
Can record and restore hard links and ACL.
Content may get zisofs compressed or filtered by external processes.
Can issue commands to mount older sessions on GNU/Linux or FreeBSD.
Can check media for damages and copy readable blocks to disk.
Can attach MD5 checksums to each data file and the whole session.
Scans for optical drives, blanks re-usable optical media.
Reads its instructions from command line arguments, dialog, and files.
Provides navigation commands for interactive ISO image manipulation.
Adjustable thresholds for abort, exit value, and problem reporting.

   Note that 'xorriso' does not write audio CDs and that it does not
produce UDF filesystems which are specified for official video DVD or
BD.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Model,  Next: Media,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Top

2 Session model
***************

Unlike other filesystems, *ISO 9660* (aka *ECMA-119*) is not intended
for read-write operation but rather for being generated in a single
sweep and being written to media as a *session*.
The data content of the session is called filesystem *image*.

   The written image in its session can then be mounted by the operating
system for being used read-only.  GNU/Linux is able to mount ISO images
from block devices, which may represent optical media, other media or
via a loop device even from regular disk files.  FreeBSD mounts ISO
images from devices that represent arbitrary media or from regular disk
files.

   This session usage model has been extended on CD media by the concept
of *multi-session* , which adds information to the CD and gives the
mount programs of the operating systems the addresses of the entry
points of each session.  The mount programs recognize block devices
which represent CD media and will by default mount the image in the last
session.
This session usually contains an updated directory tree for the whole
medium which governs the data contents in all recorded sessions.  So in
the view of the mount program all sessions of a particular medium
together form a single filesystem image.
Adding a session to an existing ISO image is in this text referred as
*growing*.
The multi-session model of the MMC standard does not apply to all media
types.  But program growisofs by Andy Polyakov showed how to extend this
functionality to overwritable media or disk files which carry valid ISO
9660 filesystems.

   'xorriso' provides growing as well as an own method named *modifying*
which produces a completely new ISO image from the old one and the
modifications.  See paragraph Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind
Growing below.

   'xorriso' adopts the concept of multi-session by loading an image
directory tree if present, by offering to manipulate it by several
actions, and by writing the new image to the target medium.  The first
session of a 'xorriso' run begins by the definition of the input drive
with the ISO image or by the definition of an output drive.  The session
ends by command -commit which triggers writing.  A -commit is done
automatically when the program ends regularly.

   After -commit a new session begins with the freshly written one as
input.  A new input drive can only be chosen as long as the loaded ISO
image was not altered.  Pending alteration can be revoked by command
-rollback.

   Writing a session to the target is supposed to be very expensive in
terms of time and of consumed space on appendable or write-once media.
Therefore all intended manipulations of a particular ISO image should be
done in a single session.  But in principle it is possible to store
intermediate states and to continue with image manipulations.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Media,  Next: Methods,  Prev: Model,  Up: Top

3 Media types and states
************************

There are two families of media in the MMC standard:
*Multi-session media* are CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R, DVD+R, DVD+R/DL, BD-R, and
unformatted DVD-RW. These media provide a table of content which
describes their existing sessions.  See command *-toc*.
Similar to multi-session media are DVD-R DL and minimally blanked
DVD-RW. They record only a single session of which the size must be
known in advance.  'xorriso' will write onto them only if command -close
is set to "on".
*Overwritable media* are DVD-RAM, DVD+RW, BD-RE, and formatted DVD-RW.
They offer random write access but do not provide information about
their session history.  If they contain one or more ISO 9660 sessions
and if the first session was written by 'xorriso', then a table of
content can be emulated.  Else only a single overall session will be
visible.
DVD-RW media can be formatted by -format "full".  They can be made
unformatted by -blank "deformat".
Regular files and block devices are handled as overwritable media.
Pipes and other writeable file types are handled as blank multi-session
media.
The program growisofs formats by default BD-R to be pseudo-overwritable
(POW). xorriso will classify them as
Media current: is unsuitable , is POW formatted
and will refuse to write to them or to obtain multi-session information
from them.

   These media can assume several states in which they offer different
capabilities.

   *Blank* media can be written from scratch.  They contain no ISO image
suitable for 'xorriso'.
Blank is the state of newly purchased optical media.  With used CD-RW
and DVD-RW it can be achieved by action -blank "as_needed".
Overwritable media are considered blank if they are new or if they have
been marked as blank by 'xorriso'.  Action -blank "as_needed" can be
used to do this marking on overwritable media, or to apply mandatory
formatting to new media if necessary.

   *Appendable* media accept further sessions.  Either they are MMC
multi-session media in appendable state, or they are overwritable media
which contain an ISO image suitable for 'xorriso'.
Appendable is the state after writing a session with command -close off.


   *Closed* media cannot be written.  They may contain an ISO image
suitable for 'xorriso'.
Closed is the state of DVD-ROM media and of multi-session media which
were written with command -close on.  If the drive is read-only hardware
then it will probably show any media as closed CD-ROM or DVD-ROM.
Overwritable media assume this state in such read-only drives or if they
contain unrecognizable data in the first 32 data blocks.
Read-only drives may or may not show session histories of multi-session
media.  Often only the first and the last session are visible.
Sometimes not even that.  Command -rom_toc_scan might or might not help
in such cases.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Methods,  Next: Drives,  Prev: Media,  Up: Top

4 Creating, Growing, Modifying, Blind Growing:
**********************************************


A new empty ISO image gets *created* if there is no input drive with a
valid ISO 9660 image when the first time an output drive is defined.
This is achieved by command -dev on blank media or by command -outdev on
media in any state.
The new empty image can be populated with directories and files.  Before
it can be written, the medium in the output drive must get into blank
state if it was not blank already.

   If there is a input drive with a valid ISO image, then this image
gets loaded as foundation for manipulations and extension.  The
constellation of input and output drive determines which write method
will be used.  They have quite different capabilities and constraints.

   The method of *growing* adds new data to the existing data on the
medium.  These data comprise of new file content and they override the
existing ISO 9660 + Rock Ridge directory tree.  It is possible to hide
files from previous sessions but they still exist on the medium and with
many types of optical media it is quite easy to recover them by mounting
older sessions.
Growing is achieved by command -dev.

   The write method of *modifying* produces compact filesystem images
with no outdated files or directory trees.  Modifying can write its
images to target media which are completely unsuitable for multi-session
operations.  E.g.  DVD-RW which were treated with -blank
deformat_quickest, DVD-R DL, named pipes, character devices, sockets.
On the other hand modified sessions cannot be written to appendable
media but to blank media only.
So for this method one needs either two optical drives or has to work
with filesystem objects as source and/or target medium.
Modifying takes place if input drive and output drive are not the same
and if command -grow_blindly is set to its default "off".  This is
achieved by commands -indev and -outdev.

   If command -grow_blindly is set to a non-negative number and if
-indev and -outdev are both set to different drives, then *blind
growing* is performed.  It produces an add-on session which is ready for
being written to the given block address.  This is the usage model of
mkisofs -M $indev -C $msc1,$msc2 -o $outdev
which gives much room for wrong parameter combinations and should thus
only be employed if a strict distinction between ISO formatter 'xorriso'
and the burn program is desired.  -C $msc1,$msc2 is equivalent to:
-load sbsector $msc1 -grow_blindly $msc2


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Drives,  Next: Extras,  Prev: Methods,  Up: Top

5 Libburn drives
****************

Input drive, i.e.  source of an existing or empty ISO image, can be any
random access readable libburn drive: optical media with readable data,
blank optical media, regular files, block devices.
Output drive, i.e.  target for writing, can be any libburn drive.  Some
drive types do not support the method of growing but only the methods of
modifying and blind growing.  They all are suitable for newly created
images.

   All drive file objects have to offer rw-permission to the user of
'xorriso'.  Even those which will not be usable for reading an ISO
image.
With any type of drive object, the data are considered to be organized
in blocks of 2 KiB. Access happens in terms of Logical Block Address
(*LBA*) which gives the number of a particular data block.

   MMC compliant (i.e.  optical) drives on GNU/Linux usually get
addressed by the path of their block device or of their generic
character device.  E.g.
-dev /dev/sr0
-dev /dev/hdc
-dev /dev/sg2
By default xorriso will try to map the given address to /dev/hd* and
/dev/sr*.  The command -scsi_dev_family can redirect the mapping from sr
to scd or sg.  The latter does not suffer from the concurrency problems
which plagued /dev/sr of Linux kernels since version 2.6 up to 5.5.  But
it does not yield the same addresses which are used by mount(8) or by
open(2) for read(2).
On FreeBSD the device files have names like
-dev /dev/cd0
On NetBSD:
-dev /dev/rcd0d
On OpenSolaris:
-dev /dev/rdsk/c4t0d0s2
Get a list of accessible drives by command
-device_links
It might be necessary to do this as *superuser* in order to see all
drives and to then allow rw-access for the intended users.  Consider to
bundle the authorized users in a group like old "floppy".

   Filesystem objects of nearly any type can be addressed by prefix
"stdio:" and their path in the filesystem.  E.g.:
-dev stdio:/dev/sdc
The default setting of -drive_class allows the user to address files
outside the /dev tree without that prefix.  E.g.:
-dev /tmp/pseudo_drive
If path leads to a regular file or to a block device then the emulated
drive is random access readable and can be used for the method of
growing if it already contains a valid ISO 9660 image.  Any other file
type is not readable via "stdio:" and can only be used as target for the
method of modifying or blind growing.  Non-existing paths in existing
directories are handled as empty regular files.

   A very special kind of pseudo drive are open file descriptors.  They
are depicted by "stdio:/dev/fd/" and descriptor number (see man 2 open).

Addresses "-" or "stdio:/dev/fd/1" depict standard output, which
normally is the output channel for result texts.  To prevent a fatal
intermingling of ISO image and text messages, all result texts get
redirected to stderr if -*dev "-" or "stdio:/dev/fd/1" is among the
start arguments of the program.
Standard output is currently suitable for creating one session per
program run without dialog.  Use in other situations is discouraged and
several restrictions apply:
It is not allowed to use standard output as pseudo drive if it was not
among the start arguments.  Do not try to fool this ban via backdoor
addresses to stdout.
If stdout is used as drive, then -use_readline is permanently disabled.
Use of backdoors can cause severe memory and/or tty corruption.

   Be aware that especially the superuser can write into any accessible
file or device by using its path with the "stdio:" prefix.  By default
any address in the /dev tree without prefix "stdio:" will work only if
it leads to a MMC drive.
One may use command *-ban_stdio_write* to surely prevent this risk and
to restrict drive usage to MMC drives.
One may prepend "mmc:" to a path to surely disallow any automatic
"stdio:".  By command -drive_class one may ban certain paths or allow
access without prefix "stdio:" to other paths.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Extras,  Next: Processing,  Prev: Drives,  Up: Top

6 Rock Ridge, POSIX, X/Open, El Torito, ACL, xattr
**************************************************

*Rock Ridge* is the name of a set of additional information which
enhance an ISO 9660 filesystem so that it can represent a POSIX
compliant filesystem with ownership, access permissions, symbolic links,
and other attributes.
This is what 'xorriso' uses for a decent representation of the disk
files within the ISO image.  'xorriso' produces Rock Ridge information
by default.  It is strongly discouraged to disable this feature.

   'xorriso' is not named "porriso" because POSIX only guarantees 14
characters of filename length.  It is the X/Open System Interface
standard XSI which demands a file name length of up to 255 characters
and paths of up to 1024 characters.  Rock Ridge fulfills this demand.

   An *El Torito* boot record points the BIOS bootstrapping facility to
one or more boot images, which are binary program files stored in the
ISO image.  The content of the boot image files is not in the scope of
El Torito.
Most bootable GNU/Linux CDs are equipped with ISOLINUX or GRUB boot
images.  'xorriso' is able to create or maintain an El Torito object
which makes such an image bootable.  For details see command
-boot_image.
It is possible to make ISO images bootable from USB stick or other
hard-disk-like media.  Several options install a *MBR* (Master Boot
Record), It may get adjusted according to the needs of the intended boot
firmware and the involved boot loaders, e.g.  GRUB2 or ISOLINUX. A MBR
contains boot code and a partition table.  The new MBR of a follow-up
session can get in effect only on overwritable media.
MBR is read by PC-BIOS when booting from USB stick or hard disk, and by
PowerPC CHRP or PReP when booting.  An MBR partition with type 0xee
indicates the presence of GPT.
Emulation -as mkisofs supports the example options out of the ISOLINUX
wiki, the options used in GRUB script grub-mkrescue, and the example in
the FreeBSD AvgLiveCD wiki.
A *GPT* (GUID Partition Table) marks partitions in a more modern way.
It is read by EFI when booting from USB stick or hard disk, and may be
used for finding and mounting a HFS+ partition inside the ISO image.
An *APM* (Apple Partition Map) marks the HFS+ partition.  It is read by
Macs for booting and for mounting.
MBR, GPT and APM are combinable.  APM occupies the first 8 bytes of MBR
boot code.  All three do not hamper El Torito booting from CDROM.
There is support for further facilities: MIPS Big Endian (SGI), MIPS
Little Endian (DEC), SUN SPARC, HP-PA. Those are mutually not combinable
and also not combinable with MBR, GPT, or APM.

   *ACL* are an advanced way of controlling access permissions to file
objects.  Neither ISO 9660 nor Rock Ridge specify a way to record ACLs.
So libisofs has introduced a standard conformant extension named AAIP
for that purpose.  It uses this extension if enabled by command *-acl*.
AAIP enhanced images are supposed to be mountable normally, but one
cannot expect that the mounted filesystem will show and respect the
ACLs.  For now, only 'xorriso' is able to retrieve those ACLs.  It can
bring them into effect when files get restored to an ACL enabled file
system or it can print them in a format suitable for tool setfacl.
Files with ACL show as group permissions the setting of entry "mask::"
if that entry exists.  Nevertheless the non-listed group members get
handled according to entry "group::".  When removing ACL from a file,
'xorriso' brings "group::" into effect.
Recording and restoring of ACLs from and to local files works currently
only on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD.

   *xattr* (aka EA, or extattr) are pairs of name and value which can be
attached to file objects.  AAIP is able to represent them and 'xorriso'
can record and restore them.
But be aware that pairs with names of non-user namespaces are not
necessarily portable between operating systems and not even between
filesystems.  Only those which begin with "user.", like "user.x" or
"user.whatever", can unconditionally be expected to be appropriate on
other machines and disks.  Processing of other xattr may need
administrator privileges.
Name has to be a 0 terminated string.  Value may be any array of bytes
which does not exceed the size of 4095 bytes.  xattr processing happens
only if it is enabled by command *-xattr*.
As with ACL, currently only 'xorriso' is able to retrieve xattr from
AAIP enhanced images, to restore them to xattr capable file systems, or
to print them.
Recording and restoring of xattr from and to local files works currently
only on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD, where they are known as extattr.

   *Linux file attributes* are binary flags which can be set by program
chattr(1) and listed by program lsattr(1).  See their man pages and the
definitions FS_*_FL in Linux header file <linux/fs.h>.  Not all defined
flags get reported by lsattr and accepted by chattr, but their number
grew over the years.
'xorriso' records the flags of disk files if enabled by command
*-lfa_flags*.  Its command -lsattr lists 22 flags the same way as the
program lsattr does.  They can be set by xorriso command -chattr and can
be enabled by -lfa_flags for restoring when their files get restored to
disk.  *XFS-style project ids* are numbers which define the members of
file object groups, called projects.  They can be set by programs
chattr(1) and xfs_quota(8) and reported by programs lsattr(1) and
xfs_quota(8).  The files of a project can share quotas which limit their
usage of filesystem resources.  This is possible in XFS and in specially
prepared and mounted ext4 filesystems.  Project id 0 means that the file
is not member of any project.
'xorriso' records non-zero project ids of disk files if enabled by
command *-projid*.  Command -get_projid lists the project ids of files.
They can be set by command -set_projid and get restored to disk if
enabled by -projid.  Usually project id 0 is not set to restored disk
files, so that they may get the project id of their parent disk
directory.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Processing,  Next: Dialog,  Prev: Extras,  Up: Top

7 Command processing
********************

Commands are either actions which happen immediately or settings which
influence following actions.  So their sequence does matter, unless they
are given as program arguments and command *-x* is among them.
The list of all current settings can be inquired by command -status
"long".  Command -status "short" lists a handful of fundamental settings
and all settings which are not default at program start.

   Commands consist of a command word, followed by zero or more
parameter words.  If the list of parameter words is of variable length
(indicated by "[...]"  or "[***]") then it must be terminated by either
the *list delimiter*, occur at the end of the argument list, or occur at
the end of an input line.

   At program start the list delimiter is the string "--".  This may be
changed with the -list_delimiter command in order to allow "--" as
parameter in a variable length list.  However, it is advised to reset
the delimiter to "--" immediately afterwards.
For brevity the list delimiter is referred as "--" throughout this text.

The list delimiter is silently ignored if it appears after the
parameters of a command with a fixed list length.  It is handled as
normal text if it appears among the parameters of such a command.

   *Pattern expansion* converts a list of pattern words into a list of
existing file addresses.  Unmatched pattern words will appear unaltered
in that result list.
Pattern matching supports the usual shell parser wildcards '*' '?'
'[xyz]' and respects '/' as the path separator, which may only be
matched literally.
Pattern expansion is a property of some particular commands and not a
general feature.  It is controlled by commands -iso_rr_pattern and
-disk_pattern.  Commands which use pattern expansion all have variable
parameter lists which are specified in this text by "[***]" rather than
"[...]".
Some other commands perform pattern matching unconditionally.

   Command and parameter words are either read from the program
arguments, where one argument is one word, or from quoted input lines
where words are recognized similar to the quotation rules of a shell
parser.
'xorriso' is not a shell, although it might appear so at first glimpse.
Be aware that the interaction of quotation marks and pattern symbols
like "*" differs from the usual shell parsers.  In 'xorriso', a
quotation mark does not make a pattern symbol literal.

   *Quoted input* converts whitespace-separated text into words.  The
double quotation mark " and the single quotation mark ' can be used to
enclose whitespace and make it part of words (e.g.  of file names).
Each mark type can enclose the marks of the other type.  A trailing
backslash \ outside quotations or an open quotation cause the next input
line to be appended.
Quoted input accepts any 8-bit character except NUL (0) as the content
of the quotes.  Nevertheless it can be cumbersome for the user to
produce those characters directly.  Therefore quoted input and program
arguments offer optional *Backslash Interpretation* which can represent
all 8-bit characters except NUL (0) via backslash codes as in $'...'  of
bash.
This is not enabled by default.  See command -backslash_codes.

   When the program starts then it first looks for argument -no_rc.  If
this is not present then it looks for its startup files and reads their
content as command input lines.  Then it interprets the program
arguments as commands and parameters.  Finally it enters dialog mode if
command -dialog "on" has been executed by this point.

   The program ends either by command -end, or by the end of program
arguments if dialog mode has not been enabled at that point, or by a
problem event which triggers the threshold of command -abort_on.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Dialog,  Next: Commands,  Prev: Processing,  Up: Top

8 Dialog, Readline, Result pager
********************************

Dialog mode prompts for a quoted input line, parses it into words, and
performs them as commands with their parameters.  It provides assisting
services to make dialog more comfortable.

   Readline is an enhancement for the input line.  You may already know
it from the bash shell.  Whether it is available in 'xorriso' depends on
the availability of package readline-dev at the time when 'xorriso' was
built from its sourcecode.
Readline lets the user move the cursor over the text in the line by help
of the Left and the Right arrow keys.  Text may be inserted at the
cursor position.  The Delete key removes the character under the cursor.
Up and Down arrow keys navigate through the history of previous input
lines.
See info readline for more info about libreadline.

   Command -page activates a built-in result text pager which may be
convenient in dialog mode.  After an action has output the given number
of terminal lines, the pager prompts the user for a line of input.
An empty line lets 'xorriso' resume work until the next page is output.
The single character "@" disables paging for the current action.
"@@@", "x", "q", "X", or "Q" request that the current action aborts and
suppress further result output.
Any other line input will be interpreted as new dialog line.  The
current action is requested to abort.  Afterwards, the input line is
executed.

   Some actions apply paging to their info output, too.
The request to abort may or may not be obeyed by the current action.
All actions try to abort as soon as possible.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Commands,  Next: Examples,  Prev: Dialog,  Up: Top

9 Commands
**********

All command words are shown with a leading dash although this dash is
not mandatory for the command to be recognized.  Nevertheless within
command -as the dashes of the emulated commands are mandatory.
Normally any number of leading dashes is ignored with command words and
inner dashes are interpreted as underscores.
* Menu:

* ArgSort::             Execution order of program arguments
* AqDrive::             Acquiring source and target drive
* Loading::             Influencing the behavior of image loading
* Insert::              Inserting files into ISO image
* SetInsert::           Settings for file insertion
* Manip::               File manipulations
* CmdFind::             Tree traversal command -find
* Filter::              Filters for data file content
* Writing::             Writing the result, drive control
* SetWrite::            Settings for result writing
* Bootable::            Bootable ISO images
* Jigdo::               Jigdo Template Extraction
* Charset::             Character sets
* Exception::           Exception processing
* DialogCtl::           Dialog mode control
* Inquiry::             Drive and media related inquiry actions
* Navigate::            Navigation in ISO image and disk filesystem
* Verify::              Evaluation of readability and recovery
* Restore::             osirrox ISO-to-disk restore commands
* Emulation::           Command compatibility emulations (cdrtools)
* Scripting::           Scripting, dialog and program control features
* Frontend::            Support for frontend programs via stdin and stdout
* Reproducible::        Reproducibility considerations


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ArgSort,  Next: AqDrive,  Prev: Commands,  Up: Commands

9.1 Execution order of program arguments
========================================

By default the program arguments of a xorriso run are interpreted as a
sequence of commands which get performed exactly in the given order.
This requires the user to write commands for desired settings before the
commands which shall be influenced by those settings.
Many other programs support program arguments in an arbitrary ordering
and perform settings and actions in a sequence at their own discretion.
xorriso provides an option to enable such a behavior at the cost of loss
of expressivity.

-x
     Enable automatic sorting of program arguments into a sequence that
     (most likely) is sensible.  This command may be given at any
     position among the commands which are handed over as program
     arguments.
     Note: It works only if it is given as program argument and with a
     single dash (i.e.  "-x").  It will not work in startup files, nor
     with -options_from_file, nor in dialog mode, nor as "x" and finally
     not as "--x".  It affects only the commands given as program
     arguments.
-list_arg_sorting
     List all xorriso commands in the order which applies if command -x
     is in effect.
     This list may also be helpful without -x for a user who ponders
     over the sequence in which to put commands.  Deviations from the
     listed sorting order may well make sense, though.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: AqDrive,  Next: Loading,  Prev: ArgSort,  Up: Commands

9.2 Acquiring source and target drive
=====================================

The effect of acquiring a drive may depend on several commands in the
next paragraph "Influencing the behavior of image loading".  If desired,
their enabling commands have to be performed before the commands which
acquire the drive.

-dev address
     Set input and output drive to the same address and load an ISO
     image if it is present.  If there is no ISO image then create a
     blank one.  Set the image expansion method to growing.
     This is only allowed as long as no changes are pending in the
     currently loaded ISO image.  If changes are pending, then one has
     to perform -commit or -rollback first.
     Special address string "-" means standard output, to which several
     restrictions apply.  See above paragraph "Libburn drives".
     An empty address string "" gives up the current device without
     acquiring a new one.
-indev address
     Set input drive and load an ISO image if present.  If the new input
     drive differs from -outdev then switch from growing to modifying or
     to blind growing.  It depends on the setting of -grow_blindly which
     of both gets activated.  The same rules and restrictions apply as
     with -dev.
-outdev address
     Set output drive and if it differs from the input drive then switch
     from growing to modifying or to blind growing.  Unlike -dev and
     -indev this action does not load a new ISO image.  So it can be
     performed even if there are pending changes.
     -outdev can be performed without previous -dev or -indev.  In that
     case an empty ISO image with no changes pending is created.  It can
     either be populated by help of -map, -add et.al.  or it can be
     discarded silently if -dev or -indev are performed afterwards.
     Special address string "-" means standard output, to which several
     restrictions apply.  See above paragraph "Libburn drives".
     An empty address string "" gives up the current output drive
     without acquiring a new one.  No writing is possible without an
     output drive.
-drive_class "harmless"|"banned"|"caution"|"clear_list" disk_pattern
     Add a drive path pattern to one of the safety lists or make those
     lists empty.  There are three lists defined which get tested in the
     following sequence:
     If a drive address path matches the "harmless" list then the drive
     will be accepted.  If it is not a MMC device then the prefix
     "stdio:" will be prepended automatically.  This list is empty by
     default.
     Else if the path matches the "banned" list then the drive will not
     be accepted by 'xorriso' but rather lead to a FAILURE event.  This
     list is empty by default.
     Else if the path matches the "caution" list and if it is not a MMC
     device, then its address must have the prefix "stdio:" or it will
     be rejected.  This list has by default one entry: "/dev".
     If a drive path matches no list then it is considered "harmless".
     By default these are all paths which do not begin with directory
     "/dev".
     A path matches a list if one of its parent paths or itself matches
     a list entry.  Address prefix "stdio:" or "mmc:" will be ignored
     when testing for matches.
     By pseudo-class "clear_list" and pseudo-patterns "banned",
     "caution", "harmless", or "all", the lists may be made empty.
     E.g.: -drive_class clear_list banned
     One will normally define the -drive_class lists in one of the
     'xorriso' Startup Files.
     Note: This is not a security feature but rather a bumper for the
     superuser to prevent inadverted mishaps.  For reliably blocking
     access to a device file you have to deny its rw-permissions in the
     filesystem.
-drive_access "exclusive"|"shared":"unrestricted"|"readonly"
     Control whether device file locking mechanisms shall be used when
     acquiring a drive, and whether status or content of the medium in
     the drive may be altered.  Useful and most harmless are the setting
     "shared:readonly" and the default setting "exclusive:unrestricted".

     "exclusive" enables tests and locks when acquiring the drive.  It
     depends on the operating system which locking mechanisms get
     applied, if any.  On GNU/Linux it is open(O_EXCL). On FreeBSD it is
     flock(LOCK_EX).
     "shared" disables the use of these mechanisms to become able to
     acquire drives which are mounted, or opened by some process, or
     guarded by /dev/pktcdvd*.
     "unrestricted" enables all technically appropriate operations on an
     acquired drive.  "shared:unrestricted" risks to get own burn runs
     spoiled by other processes or to vice versa spoil activities of
     such processes.  So use "exclusive:unrestricted" unless you know
     for sure that "shared" is safe.
     "readonly" disables operations which might surprise a co-user of
     the drive.  For -outdev these are formatting, blanking, writing,
     ejecting.  For -indev this is ejecting.  Be aware that even reading
     and drive status inquiries can disturb an ongoing burn run on
     CD-R[W] and DVD-R[W].
-scsi_dev_family "default"|"sr"|"scd"|"sg"
     GNU/Linux specific:
     By default, xorriso tries to map Linux drive addresses to /dev/sr*
     before they get opened for operating the drive.  This coordinates
     well with other use cases of optical drives, like mount(8).  But
     between year 2010 and 2020 all /dev/sr* shared a global lock which
     allowed only one drive to process an SCSI command while all others
     had to wait for its completion.  This yielded awful throughput if
     more than one drive was writing or reading simultaneously.  The
     global lock was never applied to device files /dev/sg* and also not
     if the xorriso drive address is prepended by "stdio:".
     So for simultaneous burn runs on GNU/Linux 2.6 to 5.5 it is
     advisable to perform -scsi_dev_family "sg" before any -dev, -indev,
     or -outdev.  The drive addresses may then well be given as
     /dev/sr*, but will nevertheless get used as the matching /dev/sg*.
     If you decide so, consider to put the command into a global startup
     file like /etc/opt/xorriso/rc.
-grow_blindly "off"|predicted_nwa
     If predicted_nwa is a non-negative number then perform blind
     growing rather than modifying if -indev and -outdev are set to
     different drives.  "off" or "-1" switch to modifying, which is the
     default.
     predicted_nwa is the block address where the add-on session of
     blind growing will finally end up.  It is the responsibility of the
     user to ensure this final position and the presence of the older
     sessions.  Else the overall ISO image will not be mountable or will
     produce read errors when accessing file content.  'xorriso' will
     write the session to the address as obtained from examining -outdev
     and not necessarily to predicted_nwa.
     During a run of blind growing, the input drive is given up before
     output begins.  The output drive is given up when writing is done.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Loading,  Next: Insert,  Prev: AqDrive,  Up: Commands

9.3 Influencing the behavior of image loading
=============================================

The following commands should normally be performed before loading an
image by acquiring an input drive.  In rare cases it is desirable to
activate them only after image loading.

-read_speed code|number[k|m|c|d|b]
     Set the speed for reading.  Default is "none", which avoids to send
     a speed setting command to the drive before reading begins.
     Further special speed codes are:
     "max" (or "0") selects maximum speed as announced by the drive.
     "min" (or "-1") selects minimum speed as announced by the drive.
     Speed can be given in media dependent numbers or as a desired
     throughput per second in MMC compliant kB (= 1000) or MB (= 1000
     kB). Media x-speed factor can be set explicitly by "c" for CD, "d"
     for DVD, "b" for BD, "x" is optional.
     Example speeds:
     706k = 706kB/s = 4c = 4xCD
     5540k = 5540kB/s = 4d = 4xDVD
     17983k = 17983kB/s ~= 4b = 4xBD
     If there is no hint about the speed unit attached, then the medium
     in the -indev will decide.  Default unit is CD = 176.4k.
     Depending on the drive, the reported read speeds can be deceivingly
     low or high.  Therefore "min" cannot become higher than 1x speed of
     the involved medium type.  Read speed "max" cannot become lower
     than 52xCD, 24xDVD, or 20xBD, depending on the medium type.
     MMC drives usually activate their own idea of speed and take the
     speed value given by the burn program only as hint for their own
     decision.  Friendly drives adjust their constant angular velocity
     so that the desired speed is reached at the outer rim of the
     medium.  But often there is only the choice between very slow and
     very loud.
     Sometimes no speed setting is obeyed at all, but speed is adjusted
     to the demand frequency of the reading program.  So xorriso offers
     to set an additional software enforced limit by prefix
     "soft_force:".  The program will take care not to read faster than
     the soft_force speed.  This may be combined with setting the drive
     speed to a higher value.  Setting "soft_force:0" disables this
     feature.
     "soft_force:" tries to correct in subsequent waiting periods lost
     or surplus time of up to 0.25 seconds.  This smoothens the overall
     data stream but also enables short times of higher speed to
     compensate short times of low speed.  Prefix "soft_corr:" sets this
     hindsight span by giving a number of microseconds.  Not more than 1
     billion = 1000 seconds.  Very short times can cause speed
     deviations, because systematic inaccuracies of the waiting function
     cannot be compensated.
     Examples (combinable):
     -read_speed 6xBD
     -read_speed soft_force:4xBD -read_speed soft_corr:100000
-load entity id
     Load a particular (possibly outdated) ISO session from -dev or
     -indev.  Usually all available sessions are shown with command
     -toc.
     entity depicts the kind of addressing.  id depicts the particular
     address.  The following entities are defined:
     "auto" with any id addresses the last session in -toc.  This is the
     default.
     "session" with id being a number as of a line "ISO session", column
     "Idx".
     "track" with id being a number as of a line "ISO track", column
     "Idx".
     "lba" or "sbsector" with a number as of a line "ISO ...", column
     "sbsector".
     "volid" with a search pattern for a text as in the column "Volume
     Id" of a -toc line "ISO ...".
     "at_time" with a time string as described with command -alter_date
     chooses the last session or track where the modification timestamp
     matches the given time within the same second.
     "before" with a time string chooses the last session or track of
     which the timestamp is older than the given time.  But it does not
     match an entity with exactly the given time.
     "not_after" is like "before" but also matches an entity with
     exactly the given time.
     "after" with a time string chooses the first session or track of
     which the timestamp is younger than the given time.  But it does
     not match an entity with exactly the given time.
     "not_before" is like "after" but also matches an entity with
     exactly the given time.
     Comparison of time entities is done with an accuracy of one second.
     I.e.  the centiseconds of ISO 9660 timestamps are ignored.  If
     -toc_info_type is set to "creation_time", then the comparison is
     done against the creation timestamp of track or session rather than
     the modification timestamp.  The output of -pvd_info shows both
     timestamps as "Creation Time:" and "Modif.  Time :".
     The time comparisons pick first and last matching sessions.  If the
     sequence of timestamps on a drive is not chronologically ascending,
     the picks might not be the best choice.  In this case look at the
     output of -toc_info_type "mtime" -toc and choose the desired entity
     by "session", "track", or "sbsector".
     Addressing a non-existing entity or one which does not represent an
     ISO image will either abandon -indev or at least lead to a blank
     image.
     If an input drive is set at the moment when -load is executed, then
     the addressed ISO image is loaded immediately.  Else, the setting
     will be pending until the next -dev or -indev.  After the image has
     been loaded once, the setting is valid for -rollback until next
     -dev or -indev, where it will be reset to "auto".
-displacement [-]lba
     Compensate a displacement of the image versus the start address for
     which the image was prepared.  This affects only loading of ISO
     images and reading of their files.  The multi-session method of
     growing is not allowed as long as -displacement is non-zero.  I.e.
     -indev and -outdev must be different.  The displacement gets reset
     to 0 before the drive gets re-acquired after writing.
     Examples:
     If a track of a CD starts at block 123456 and gets copied to a disk
     file where it begins at block 0, then this copy can be loaded with
     -displacement -123456
     If an ISO image was written onto a partition with offset of 640000
     blocks of 512 bytes, then it can be loaded from the base device by
     -load sbsector 160000 -displacement 160000
     (If the partition start address is not divisible by 4, then you
     will have to employ a loop device instead.)
     In both cases, the ISO sessions should be self contained, i.e.  not
     add-on sessions to an ISO image outside their track or partition.
-read_fs "any"|"norock"|"nojoliet"|"ecma119"
     Specify which kind of filesystem tree to load if present.  If the
     wish cannot be fulfilled, then ECMA-119 names are loaded and
     converted according to -ecma119_map.
     "any" first tries to read Rock Ridge.  If not present, Joliet is
     tried.
     "norock" does not try Rock Ridge.
     "nojoliet" does not try Joliet.
     "ecma119" tries neither Rock Ridge nor Joliet.
-assert_volid pattern severity
     Refuse to load ISO images with volume IDs which do not match the
     given search pattern.  When refusing an image, give up the input
     drive and issue an event of the given severity (like FAILURE, see
     -abort_on).  An empty search pattern accepts any image.
     This command does not hamper the creation of an empty image from
     blank input media and does not discard an already loaded image.
-in_charset character_set_name
     Set the character set from which to convert file names when loading
     an image.  See paragraph "Character sets" for more explanations.
     When loading the written image after -commit the setting of
     -out_charset will be copied to -in_charset.
-auto_charset "on"|"off"
     Enable or disable recording and interpretation of the output
     character set name in an xattr attribute of the image root
     directory.  If enabled and if a recorded character set name is
     found, then this name will be used as name of the input character
     set when reading an image.
     Note that the default output charset is the local character set of
     the terminal where 'xorriso' runs.  Before attributing this local
     character set to the produced ISO image, check whether the terminal
     properly displays all intended filenames, especially exotic
     national characters.
-hardlinks mode[:mode...]
     Enable or disable loading and recording of hardlink relations.
     In default mode "off", iso_rr files lose their inode numbers at
     image load time.  Each iso_rr file object which has no inode number
     at image generation time will get a new unique inode number if
     -compliance is set to new_rr.
     Mode "on" preserves inode numbers from the loaded image if such
     numbers were recorded.  When committing a session it searches for
     families of iso_rr files which stem from the same disk file, have
     identical content filtering and have identical properties.  The
     family members all get the same inode number.  Whether these
     numbers are respected at mount time depends on the operating
     system.
     Command -lsl displays hardlink counts if "lsl_count" is enabled.
     This can slow down the command substantially after changes to the
     ISO image have been made.  Therefore the default is "no_lsl_count".

     Commands -update and -update_r track splits and fusions of hard
     links in filesystems which have stable device and inode numbers.
     This can cause automatic last minute changes before the session
     gets written.  Command -hardlinks "perform_update" may be used to
     do these changes earlier, e.g.  if you need to apply filters to all
     updated files.
     Mode "without_update" avoids hardlink processing during update
     commands.  Use this if your filesystem situation does not allow
     -disk_dev_ino "on".
     'xorriso' commands which extract files from an ISO image try to
     hardlink files with identical inode number.  The normal scope of
     this operation is from image load to image load.  One may give up
     the accumulated hard link addresses by -hardlinks
     "discard_extract".
     A large number of hardlink families may exhaust -temp_mem_limit if
     not -osirrox "sort_lba_on" and -hardlinks "cheap_sorted_extract"
     are both in effect.  This restricts hard linking to other files
     restored by the same single extract command.  -hardlinks
     "normal_extract" re-enables wide and expensive hardlink
     accumulation.
-acl "on"|"off"
     Enable or disable processing of ACLs.  If enabled, then 'xorriso'
     will obtain ACLs from disk file objects, store ACLs in the ISO
     image using the libisofs specific AAIP format, load AAIP data from
     ISO images, test ACL during file comparison, and restore ACLs to
     disk files when extracting them from ISO images.  See also commands
     -getfacl, -setfacl.
-xattr "on"|"user"|"any"|"off"
     Enable or disable processing of xattr attributes.  If enabled, then
     'xorriso' will handle xattr similar to ACL. See also commands
     -getfattr, -setfattr and above paragraph about xattr.
     Modes "on" and "user" read and write only attributes from namespace
     "user".
     Mode "any" processes attributes of all namespaces.  This might need
     administrator privileges, even if the owner of the disk file tries
     to read or write the attributes.
     Note that it is not possible to set xattr of namespace "isofs."  by
     xorriso xattr manipulation commands.
-lfa_flags mode[:mode...]
     Enable, disable, or influence processing of Linux file attributes
     as described in man 1 chattr.
     Mode "on" enables actual processing of the attributes.
     Mode "off" disables it.
     Mode "auto_on" enables it only if the underlying libisofs was
     compiled with support for Linux file attributes, which is typically
     not the case on non-Linux systems.  Enabled processing without
     lisofs support would cause failure events when reading disk files.
     The other modes define the behavior in case of "on":
     Mode "read" enables obtaining of these attributes from disk files,
     storing them in the emerging ISO 9660 filesystem as AAIP data,
     importing them when an ISO filesystem gets loaded and bears such
     stored attributes, and comparing them during comparisons between
     files on disk and in ISO.
     Mode "no_read" disables reading of the attributes from disk files
     and importing them when an ISO filesystem gets loaded.  If other
     settings like -acl "on" or -xattr "on" require storing of AAIP
     data, then file attributes might still get stored in the emerging
     ISO. To surely exclude any file attributes, run before -commit :
     -chattr_r -remove-lfa-flags / -
     Mode "import_non_settable" enables obtaining of non-settable
     attributes from disk and attaching of attributes to files in the
     emerging ISO image even if all attribute flags are zero.
     Mode "import_only_settable" causes non-settable attributes
     ("eEhINVZ") to be ignored when file objects get read from disk.  If
     the remaining attribute flags are all zero, then no attribute
     information gets attached to the file in the ISO. This saves
     storage and eases finding of non-trivial attributes in the ISO
     image.
     Mode "restore" enables restoring of attributes when their file gets
     restored and comparing them during comparisons between files on
     disk and in ISO. Several modes below modify the behavior during
     restoring of attributes.
     Mode "no_restore" disables restoring of attributes.
     Mode "restore_su" enables restoring of the attributes "aij" which
     are only changeable by the bearer of superuser capabilities.
     "no_restore_su" disables restoring of these attributes.
     "restore_su_auto" enables it only if the effective user id is 0.
     The attribute "i" (for "immutable") gets restored to directories
     only if they have been created freshly by the same file restoring
     xorriso command.  A directory which already existed on disk will
     not be made immutable.
     Mode "restore_only_known" restricts restoring to the known settable
     attribute flags "aAcCdDFijmPsStTux".  "restore_unknown" enables the
     attempt to restore unknown flags or even those which are known to
     be unchangeable, if they are not disabled by other modes.
     Mode "restore_mask=..."  enables particular attributes for
     restoring.  All others will not be restored.  The list of desired
     attribute letters follows the '=' character.  An empty list enables
     all attributes, if they are not disabled by other modes.  The
     single character "-" bans all attributes from restoring, like "off"
     does.  Example:
     -lfa_flags restore_mask=SdCiaj
     Mode "restore_error=" sets the behavior for the event that
     restoring of attribute flags to the local filesystem fails.
     Available are the keyword "silent" and the severities from "all" to
     "fatal".  "silent" and severity "all" suppress any error messages
     and abort considerations caused by restore attemps of attribute
     flags.  Else the error message is issued with the given severity.
     Then it depends on the setting of command -abort_on whether
     restoring goes on or gets aborted.
     Mode "restore_single" tries to set the attribute flags of a file
     one-by-one if the attempt fails to set them all at once.  This
     happens only if the "restore_error=" severity and the setting of
     command -abort_on do not demand to abort the program run.  Note
     that some flags in some situations get ignored silently by some
     kernels.
     Mode "no_restore_single" disables this attempt to get at least some
     of the attribute flags into effect.
     Mode "default" reinstates the default settings:
     -lfa_flags off:read:restore:restore_su_auto:restore_only_known
     -lfa_flags restore_mask=:restore_error=sorry:restore_single
     Use "default:on" to get default settings with enabled processing.
-projid mode[:mode...]
     Enable, disable, or influence processing of XFS-style project ids.
     Mode "on" enables recording and restoring of project ids.
     Mode "off" disables it.
     Mode "restore_0" enables restoring of project id 0 when files get
     extracted to disk.  Default is "no_restore_0" which leaves the
     decision about the project id to the local filesystem, if the file
     has project id 0 in the ISO filesystem.
     Mode "map+" defines mappings of project id intervals in the ISO to
     project id intervals on disk when files get restored.  The form is:

     map+low_in_iso,high_in_iso=low_on_disk[,[high_on_disk]]
     "low_in_iso" and "high_in_iso" define the number interval from
     which the mapping happens at restore time.  "low_on_disk" is the
     mapping result of "low_in_iso".  Project id numbers up to
     "high_in_iso" get mapped to
     low_on_disk + (project_id - low_in_iso)
     If the resulting number is higher than "high_on_disk", then it gets
     mapped to "high_on_disk".  "low_on_disk" without following comma
     means "low_on_disk,low_on_disk" which maps the whole "_in_iso"
     interval to the single number "low_on_disk".  "low_on_disk," with
     no following number means "low_on_disk,4294967295".
     Multiple "map+" modes may be given with one or more -projid
     commands.  E.g.:
     -projid on:map+1,1=11,11:map+1000,1999=2000,
     The first match in the list of mappings defines the mapping of a
     given project id in the ISO.
     Pseudo-mode "map_test=" can be used to learn the current mapping of
     the given project number.  It immediately reports the mapping
     result on result channel and does not change the current -projid
     settings.  E.g.:
     -projid map_test=1001
     Mode "default" discards all defined mappings and sets -projid to
     "off:no_restore_0".
-md5 "on"|"all"|"off"|"load_check_off"
     Enable or disable processing of MD5 checksums for the overall
     session and for each single data file.  If enabled then images with
     checksum tags get loaded only if the tags of superblock and
     directory tree match properly.  The MD5 checksums of data files and
     whole session get loaded from the image if there are any.
     With commands -compare and -update the recorded MD5 of a file will
     be used to avoid content reading from the image.  Only the disk
     file content will be read and compared with that MD5.  This can
     save much time if -disk_dev_ino "on" is not suitable.
     Commands which copy whole data files from ISO to hard disk will
     verify the copied data stream by the recorded MD5, if -osirrox
     "check_md5_on" is set.
     At image generation time they are computed for each file which gets
     its data written into the new session.  The checksums of files
     which have their data in older sessions get copied into the new
     session.  Superblock, tree and whole session get a checksum tag
     each.
     Mode "all" will additionally check during image generation whether
     the checksum of a data file changed between the time when its
     reading began and the time when it ended.  This implies reading
     every file twice.
     Mode "load_check_off" together with "on" or "all" will load
     recorded MD5 sums but not test the recorded checksum tags of
     superblock and directory tree.  This is necessary if growisofs was
     used as burn program, because it does not overwrite the superblock
     checksum tag of the first session.  Therefore load_check_off is in
     effect when 'xorriso' -as mkisofs option -M is performed.
     The test can be re-enabled by mode "load_check_on".
     Checksums can be exploited via commands -check_md5, -check_md5_r,
     via find actions get_md5, check_md5, and via -check_media.
-for_backup
     Enable all extra features which help to produce or to restore
     backups with highest fidelity of file properties.  Currently this
     is a shortcut for:
     -hardlinks on -acl on -xattr any -md5 on -projid on
     and possibly:
     -lfa_flags default:on:import_only_settable
     -lfa_flags restore_mask=aAcdDijmPsStTux
     If you restore a backup with xattr from non-user namespaces, then
     make sure that the target operating system and filesystem know what
     these attributes mean.  Possibly you will need administrator
     privileges to record or restore such attributes.  At recording
     time, xorriso will try to tolerate missing privileges and just
     record what is readable.  But at restore time, missing privileges
     or preconditions will cause failure events.
     Command -xattr "user" after command -for_backup will exclude
     non-user attributes from being recorded or restored.
     The command -lfa_flags is executed by -for_backup only if the
     underlying libisofs was compiled with support for Linux file
     attributes, which is typically not the case on non-Linux systems.
     If -lfa_flags is executed by -for_backup then the restore mask
     enables all known settable attributes, except "C" and "F" which
     have special constraints which xorriso cannot yet detect at restore
     time.  Command -lfa_flags "restore_mask=" after -for_backup will
     enable all known settable attributes.
-ecma119_map "stripped"|"unmapped"|"lowercase"|"uppercase"
     Choose the conversion of file names when a session gets loaded, if
     they stem neither from a Rock Ridge name nor from a Joliet name.
     Mode "stripped" is the default.  It shows the names as found in the
     ISO but removes trailing ";1" or ".;1" if present.
     Mode "unmapped" shows names as found without removing characters.
     Warning: Multi-session converts "xyz;1" to "xyz_1" and maybe adds
     new ";1".
     Mode "lowercase" is like "stripped" but also maps uppercase letters
     to lowercase letters.  This is compatible to default GNU/Linux
     mount behavior.
     Mode "uppercase" is like "stripped" but maps lowercase letters to
     uppercase, if any occur despite the prescriptions of ECMA-119.
-joliet_map "stripped"|"unmapped"
     Choose the conversion of file names when a session gets loaded from
     a Joliet tree.
     Mode "stripped" is the default.  It removes trailing ";1" or ".;1"
     if present.
     Mode "unmapped" shows names as found without removing characters.
     Warning: Multi-session converts "xyz;1" to "xyz_1" and maybe adds
     new ";1".
-iso_nowtime "dynamic"|timestring
     Choose whether to use the current time ("dynamic") or a fixed time
     point for timestamps of ISO 9660 nodes without a disk source file
     and as default for superblock timestamps.
     If a timestring is given, then it is used for such timestamps.  For
     the formats of timestrings see command *-alter_date*.
-disk_dev_ino "on"|"ino_only"|"off"
     Enable or disable processing of recorded file identification
     numbers (dev_t and ino_t).  If enabled they are stored as xattr and
     can substantially accelerate file comparison.  The root node gets a
     global start timestamp.  If during comparison a file with younger
     timestamps is found in the ISO image, then it is suspected to have
     inconsistent content.
     If device numbers and inode numbers of the disk filesystems are
     persistent and if no irregular alterations of timestamps or system
     clock happen, then potential content changes can be detected
     without reading that content.  File content change is assumed if
     any of mtime, ctime, device number or inode number have changed.
     Mode "ino_only" replaces the precondition that device numbers are
     stable by the precondition that mount points in the compared tree
     always lead to the same filesystems.  Use this if mode "on" always
     sees all files changed.
     The speed advantage appears only if the loaded session was produced
     with -disk_dev_ino "on" too.
     Note that -disk_dev_ino "off" is totally in effect only if
     -hardlinks is "off", too.
-file_name_limit [+]number
     Set the maximum permissible length for file names in the range of
     64 to 255.  Path components which are longer than the given number
     will get truncated and have their last 33 bytes overwritten by a
     colon ':' and the hex representation of the MD5 of the first 4095
     bytes of the whole oversized name.  Potential incomplete UTF-8
     characters will get their leading bytes replaced by '_'.
     iso_rr_paths with the long components will still be able to access
     the file paths with truncated components.
     If -file_name_limit is executed while an ISO tree is present, the
     file names in the ISO tree get checked for existing truncated file
     names of the current limit and for name collisions between newly
     truncated files and existing files.  In both cases, the setting
     will be refused with a SORRY event.
     One may lift this ban by prepending the character "+" to the
     argument of -file_name_limit.  Truncated filenames may then get
     truncated again, invalidating their MD5 part.  Colliding truncated
     names are made unique, consuming at least 9 more bytes of the
     remaining name part.
     If writing of xattr is enabled, then the length will be stored in
     "isofs.nt" of the root directory.  If reading of xattr is enabled
     and "isofs.nt" is found, then the found length will get into effect
     if it is smaller than the current setting of -file_name_limit.
     File name patterns will only work if they match the truncated name.
     This might change in future.
     Files with truncated names get deleted and re-added unconditionally
     during -update and -update_r.  This might change in future.
     Linux kernels up to at least 4.1 misrepresent names of length 254
     and 255.  If you expect such names in or under disk_paths and plan
     to mount the ISO by such Linux kernels, consider to set
     -file_name_limit 253.  Else just avoid names longer than 253
     characters.
-rom_toc_scan "on"|"force"|"off"[:"emul_off"][:"emul_wide"]
     Read-only drives do not tell the actual media type but show any
     media as ROM (e.g.  as DVD-ROM). The session history of MMC
     multi-session media might be truncated to first and last session or
     even be completely false.  (The emulated history of overwritable
     media is not affected by this.)
     To have in case of failure a chance of getting the session history
     and especially the address of the last session, there is a scan for
     ISO 9660 filesystem headers which might help but also might yield
     worse results than the drive's table of content.  At its end it can
     cause read attempts to invalid addresses and thus ugly drive
     behavior.  Setting "on" enables that scan for alleged read-only
     media.
     Some operating systems are not able to mount the most recent
     session of multi-session DVD or BD. If on such a system 'xorriso'
     has no own MMC capabilities then it may still find that session
     from a scanned table of content.  Setting "force" handles any media
     like a ROM medium with setting "on".
     On the other hand the emulation of session history on overwritable
     media can hamper reading of partly damaged media.  Setting
     "off:emul_off" disables the elsewise trustworthy table-of-content
     scan for those media.
     The table-of-content scan on overwritable media normally searches
     only up to the end of the session that is pointed to by the
     superblock at block 0.  Setting "on:emul_wide" lets the scan
     continue up to the end of the medium.  This may be useful after
     copying a medium with -check_media patch_lba0=on when not the last
     session was loaded.
-calm_drive "in"|"out"|"all"|"revoke"|"on"|"off"|"never"
     Control reduction of drive noise until it is actually used again.
     Some drives stay alert for substantial time after they have been
     used for reading or writing.  This reduces the startup time for the
     next drive operation but can be loud and waste energy if no i/o
     with the drive is expected to happen soon.
     Modes "in", "out", "all" immediately calm down -indev, -outdev, or
     both, respectively.  Mode "revoke" immediately alerts both drives.
     Mode "on" causes calming to be performed automatically after each
     -dev, -indev, and -outdev.  Mode "off" disables this but still
     automatically calms a drive when it is given up without ejecting.
     Mode "leave" disables all automatic drive calming so that the
     drives might stay alert even after the end of the xorriso program
     run.
     Drives will slow down on their own after some time of inactivity.
     This usually happens in several steps.
-ban_stdio_write
     Allow for writing only the usage of MMC optical drives.  Disallow
     to write the result into files of nearly arbitrary type.  Once set,
     this command cannot be revoked.
-early_stdio_test "on"|"appendable_wo"|"off"
     If enabled by "on" then regular files and block devices get tested
     for effective access permissions.  This implies to try opening
     those files for writing, which otherwise will happen only later and
     only if actual writing is desired.
     The test result is used for classifying the pseudo drives as
     overwritable, read-only, write-only, or uselessly empty.  This may
     lead to earlier detection of severe problems, and may avoid some
     less severe error events.
     Mode "appendable_wo" is like "on" with the additional property that
     non-empty write-only files are regarded as appendable rather than
     blank.
-data_cache_size number_of_tiles blocks_per_tile
     Set the size and granularity of the data cache which is used when
     ISO images are loaded and when file content is read from ISO
     images.  The cache consists of several tiles, which each consists
     of several blocks.  A larger cache reduces the need for tiles being
     read multiple times.  Larger tiles might additionally improve the
     data throughput from the drive, but can be wasteful if the data are
     scattered over the medium.
     Larger cache sizes help best with image loading from MMC drives.
     They are an inferior alternative to -osirrox option "sort_lba_on".
     blocks_per_tile must be a power of 2.  E.g.  16, 32, or 64.  The
     overall cache size must not exceed 1 GiB. The default values can be
     restored by parameter "default" instead of one or both of the
     numbers.  Currently the default is 32 tiles of 32 blocks = 2 MiB.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Insert,  Next: SetInsert,  Prev: Loading,  Up: Commands

9.4 Inserting files into ISO image
==================================

The following commands expect file addresses of two kinds: *disk_path*
is a path to an object in the local filesystem tree.  *iso_rr_path* is
the Rock Ridge name of a file object in the ISO image.  If no Rock Ridge
information is recorded in the loaded ISO image, then you will see ISO
9660 names which are of limited length and character set.  If no Rock
Ridge information shall be stored in an emerging ISO image, then their
names will get mapped to such restricted ISO 9660 (aka ECMA-119) names.

   Note that in the ISO image you are as powerful as the superuser.
Access permissions of the existing files in the image do not apply to
your write operations.  They are intended to be in effect with the
read-only mounted image.

   If the iso_rr_path of a newly inserted file leads to an existing file
object in the ISO image, then the following collision handling happens:
If both objects are directories then they get merged by recursively
inserting the subobjects from filesystem into ISO image.  If other file
types collide then the setting of command *-overwrite* decides.
Renaming of files has similar collision handling, but directories can
only be replaced, not merged.  Note that if the target directory exists,
then -mv inserts the source objects into this directory rather than
attempting to replace it.  Command -move, on the other hand, would
attempt to replace it.

   The commands in this section alter the ISO image and not the local
filesystem.

-disk_pattern "on"|"ls"|"off"
     Set the pattern expansion mode for the disk_path parameters of
     several commands which support this feature.
     Setting "off" disables this feature for all commands which are
     marked in this man page by "disk_path [***]" or "disk_pattern
     [***]".
     Setting "on" enables it for all those commands.
     Setting "ls" enables it only for those which are marked by
     "disk_pattern [***]".
     Default is "ls".
-add pathspec [...] | disk_path [***]
     Insert the given files or directory trees from filesystem into the
     ISO image.
     If -pathspecs is set to "on" or "as_mkisofs" then pattern expansion
     is always disabled and character '=' has a special meaning.  It
     separates the ISO image path from the disk path:
     iso_rr_path=disk_path
     Character '=' in the iso_rr_path must be escaped by '\' (i.e.  as
     "\=").
     With -pathspecs "on", the character '\' must not be escaped.  The
     character '=' in the disk_path must not be escaped.
     With -pathspecs "as_mkisofs", all characters '\' must be escaped in
     both, iso_rr_path and disk_path.  The character '=' may or may not
     be escaped in the disk_path.
     If iso_rr_path does not begin with '/' then -cd is prepended.  If
     disk_path does not begin with '/' then -cdx is prepended.
     If no '=' is given then the word is used as both, iso_rr_path and
     disk path.  If in this case the word does not begin with '/' then
     -cdx is prepended to the disk_path and -cd is prepended to the
     iso_rr_path.
     If -pathspecs is set to "off" then -disk_pattern expansion applies,
     if enabled.  The resulting words are used as both, iso_rr_path and
     disk path.  Relative path words get prepended the setting of -cdx
     to disk_path and the setting of -cd to iso_rr_path.
-add_plainly mode
     If set to mode "unknown" then any command word that does not begin
     with "-" and is not recognized as known command will be subject to
     a virtual -add command.  I.e.  it will be used as pathspec or as
     disk_path and added to the image.  If enabled, -disk_pattern
     expansion applies to disk_paths.
     Mode "dashed" is similar to "unknown" but also adds unrecognized
     command words even if they begin with "-".
     Mode "any" announces that all further words are to be added as
     pathspecs or disk_paths.  This does not work in dialog mode.
     Mode "none" is the default.  It prevents any words from being
     understood as files to add, if they are not parameters to
     appropriate commands.
-path_list disk_path
     Like -add but read the parameter words from file disk_path or
     standard input if disk_path is "-".  The list must contain exactly
     one pathspec or disk_path pattern per line.
-quoted_path_list disk_path
     Like -path_list but with quoted input reading rules.  Lines get
     split into parameter words for -add.  Whitespace outside quotes is
     discarded.
-map disk_path iso_rr_path
     Insert file object disk_path into the ISO image as iso_rr_path.  If
     disk_path is a directory then its whole sub tree is inserted into
     the ISO image.
-map_single disk_path iso_rr_path
     Like -map, but if disk_path is a directory then its sub tree is not
     inserted.
-map_l disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
     Perform -map with each of the disk_path parameters.  iso_rr_path
     will be composed from disk_path by replacing disk_prefix by
     iso_rr_prefix.
-update disk_path iso_rr_path
     Compare file object disk_path with file object iso_rr_path.  If
     they do not match, then perform the necessary image manipulations
     to make iso_rr_path a matching copy of disk_path.  By default this
     comparison will imply lengthy content reading before a decision is
     made.  Commands -disk_dev_ino or -md5 may accelerate comparison if
     they were already in effect when the loaded session was recorded.
     If disk_path is a directory and iso_rr_path does not exist yet,
     then the whole subtree will be inserted.  Else only directory
     attributes will be updated.
-update_r disk_path iso_rr_path
     Like -update but working recursively.  I.e.  all file objects below
     both addresses get compared whether they have counterparts below
     the other address and whether both counterparts match.  If there is
     a mismatch then the necessary update manipulation is done.
     Note that the comparison result may depend on command -follow.  Its
     setting should always be the same as with the first adding of
     disk_path as iso_rr_path.
     If iso_rr_path does not exist yet, then it gets added.  If
     disk_path does not exist, then iso_rr_path gets deleted.
-update_l disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
     Perform -update_r with each of the disk_path parameters.
     iso_rr_path will be composed from disk_path by replacing
     disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix.
-update_li iso_rr_prefix disk_prefix iso_rr_path [***]
     Perform -update_r with each of the iso_rr_path parameters.
     disk_path will be composed from iso_rr_path by replacing
     iso_rr_prefix by disk_prefix.
-update_lxi disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
     Perform -update_r with each of the disk_path parameters and with
     iso_rr_paths in the ISO filesystem which are derived from the
     disk_path parameters after exchanging disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix.
     So, other than -update_l, this detects missing matches of disk_path
     and deletes the corresponding iso_rr_path.
     Note that relative disk_paths and disk_path patterns are
     interpreted as sub paths of the current disk working directory
     -cdx.  The corresponding iso_rr_paths are derived by exchanging
     disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix before pattern expansion happens.  The
     current -cdi directory has no influence.
-cut_out disk_path byte_offset byte_count iso_rr_path
     Map a byte interval of a regular disk file or of a device file into
     a regular file in the ISO image.  The file depicted by disk_path
     has to support random read access.  A symbolic link will only work
     if enabled by -follow "link" or "param".
     Cutting out a byte interval may be necessary if the disk file is
     larger than a single medium, or if it exceeds the traditional limit
     of 2 GiB - 1 for old operating systems, or the limit of 4 GiB - 1
     for newer ones.  Contemporary Linux kernels are able to read
     properly files >= 4 GiB - 1.
     A clumsy remedy for such limits is to backup file pieces and to
     concatenate them at restore time.  A well tested chopping size is
     2047m.  It is permissible to request a higher byte_count than
     available.  The resulting file will be truncated to the correct
     size of a final piece.  To request a byte_offset higher than
     available yields no file in the ISO image but a SORRY event.  E.g:
     -cut_out /my/disk/file 0 2047m \
     /file/part_1_of_3_at_0_with_2047m_of_5753194821 \
     -cut_out /my/disk/file 2047m 2047m \
     /file/part_2_of_3_at_2047m_with_2047m_of_5753194821 \
     -cut_out /my/disk/file 4094m 2047m \
     /file/part_3_of_3_at_4094m_with_2047m_of_5753194821
     If the directory /file does no yet exist, then its permissions are
     not taken from directory /my/disk but rather from /my/disk/file
     with additional x-permission for those who have r-permission.
     While command -split_size is set larger than 0, and if all pieces
     of a file reside in the same ISO directory with no other files, and
     if the names look like above, then their ISO directory will be
     recognized and handled like a regular file.  This affects commands
     -compare*, -update*, and overwrite situations.
     See command -split_size for details.
     Another use case is copying the content of a device file as
     interval or as a whole into the emerging ISO filesystem.  The fact
     that the byte_count is allowed to be unreasonably high enables
     copying of a whole device:
     -cut_out /dev/sdd3 0 1000g /content_of_sdd3
-cpr disk_path [***] iso_rr_path
     Insert the given files or directory trees from filesystem into the
     ISO image.
     The rules for generating the ISO addresses are similar as with
     shell command cp -r.  Nevertheless, directories of the iso_rr_path
     are created if necessary.  Especially a not yet existing
     iso_rr_path will be handled as directory if multiple disk_paths are
     present.  The leafnames of the multiple disk_paths will be grafted
     under that directory as would be done with an existing directory.
     If a single disk_path is present then a non-existing iso_rr_path
     will get the same type as the disk_path.
     If a disk_path does not begin with '/' then -cdx is prepended.  If
     the iso_rr_path does not begin with '/' then -cd is prepended.
-mkdir iso_rr_path [...]
     Create empty directories if they do not exist yet.  Existence as
     directory generates a WARNING event, existence as other file causes
     a FAILURE event.
-lns target_text iso_rr_path
     Create a symbolic link with address iso_rr_path which points to
     target_text.  iso_rr_path may not exist yet.
     Hint: Command -clone produces the ISO equivalent of a hard link.
-clone iso_rr_path_original iso_rr_path_copy
     Create a copy of the ISO file object iso_rr_path_original with the
     new address iso_rr_path_copy.  If the original is a directory then
     copy all files and directories underneath.  If iso_rr_path_original
     is a boot catalog file, then it gets not copied but is silently
     ignored.
     The copied ISO file objects have the same attributes.  Copied data
     files refer to the same content source as their originals.  The
     copies may then be manipulated independendly of their originals.
     This command will refuse execution if the address iso_rr_path_copy
     already exists in the ISO tree.
-cp_clone iso_rr_path_original [***] iso_rr_path_dest
     Create copies of one or more ISO file objects as with command
     -clone.  In case of collision merge directories with existing ones,
     but do not overwrite existing ISO file objects.
     The rules for generating the copy addresses are the same as with
     command -cpr (see above) or shell command cp -r.  Other than with
     -cpr, relative iso_rr_path_original will get prepended the -cd path
     and not the -cdx path.  Consider to -mkdir iso_rr_path_dest before
     -cp_clone so the copy address does not depend on the number of
     iso_rr_path_original parameters.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: SetInsert,  Next: Manip,  Prev: Insert,  Up: Commands

9.5 Settings for file insertion
===============================

-file_size_limit value [value [...]] --
     Set the maximum permissible size for a single data file.  The
     values get summed up for the actual limit.  If the only value is
     "off" then the file size is not limited by 'xorriso'.  Default is a
     limit of 100 extents, 4g -2k each:
     -file_size_limit 400g -200k --
     When mounting ISO 9660 filesystems, old operating systems can
     handle only files up to 2g -1 --.  Newer ones are good up to 4g -1
     --.  You need quite a new Linux kernel to read correctly the final
     bytes of a file >= 4g if its size is not aligned to 2048 byte
     blocks.
     'xorriso''s own data read capabilities are not affected by
     operating system size limits.  Such limits apply to mounting only.
     Nevertheless, the target filesystem of an -extract must be able to
     take the file size.
     Note:
     Running -compliance "iso_9660_level=1" or "iso_9660_level=2" sets
     the file size limit to 4g -1.
     Running -compliance "default" enlarges the limit to the default
     size if it was smaller.
-not_mgt code[:code[...]]
     Control the behavior of the exclusion lists.
     Exclusion processing happens before disk_paths get mapped to the
     ISO image, before disk files get compared with image files, and
     before image files get extracted to disk files.
     The absolute disk paths involved in such an action are matched
     against the -not_paths list.  The leafnames of disk paths are
     matched against the patterns in the -not_leaf list.  If a match is
     detected then the disk path will not be regarded as an existing
     file and not be added to the ISO image.
     Several codes are defined.  The _on/_off settings persist until
     they are revoked by their_off/_on counterparts.
     "erase" empties the lists which were accumulated by -not_paths and
     -not_leaf.
     "reset" is like "erase" but also re-installs default behavior.
     "off" disables exclusion processing temporarily without
     invalidating the lists and settings.
     "on" re-enables exclusion processing.
     "param_off" applies exclusion processing only to paths below
     disk_path parameter of commands.  I.e.  explicitly given disk_paths
     are exempted from exclusion processing.
     "param_on" applies exclusion processing to command parameters as
     well as to files below such parameters.
     "subtree_off" with "param_on" excludes parameter paths only if they
     match a -not_paths item exactly.
     "subtree_on" additionally excludes parameter paths which lead to a
     file address below any -not_paths item.
     "ignore_off" treats excluded disk files as if they were missing.
     I.e.  they get reported with -compare and deleted from the image
     with -update.
     "ignore_on" keeps excluded files out of -compare or -update
     activities.
-not_paths disk_path [***]
     Add the given paths to the list of excluded absolute disk paths.
     If a given path is relative, then the current -cdx is prepended to
     form an absolute path.  Pattern matching, if enabled, happens at
     definition time and not when exclusion checks are made.
     Keep in mind that there may be alternative paths to the same disk
     file.  The exclusion tests are done literally, so that they do not
     keep files from getting into the ISO filesystem by other paths.
     Accordingly an exclusion does not prevent a disk file from being
     overwritten by file extraction via an alternative not excluded
     path.  So the exclusions need to be coordinated with the actual
     disk_path parameters given with commands.
     (Do not forget to end the list of disk_paths by "--")
-not_leaf pattern
     Add a single shell parser style pattern to the list of exclusions
     for disk leafnames.  These patterns are evaluated when the
     exclusion checks are made.
-not_list disk_path
     Read lines from disk_path and use each of them either as -not_paths
     parameter, if they contain a / character, or as -not_leaf pattern.
-quoted_not_list disk_path
     Like -not_list but with quoted input reading rules.  Each word is
     handled as one parameter for -not_paths or -not_leaf.
-follow occasion[:occasion[...]]
     Enable or disable resolution of symbolic links and mountpoints
     under disk_paths.  This applies to actions -add, -cut_out, -du*x,
     -ls*x, -findx, -concat, and to -disk_pattern expansion.
     There are three main kinds of follow decisison to be made:
     *link* is the hop from a symbolic link to its target file object
     for the purpose of reading.  I.e.  not for command -concat.  If
     enabled then symbolic links are handled as their target file
     objects, else symbolic links are handled as themselves.
     *mount* is the hop from one filesystem to another subordinate
     filesystem.  If enabled then mountpoint directories are handled as
     any other directory, else mountpoints are handled as empty
     directories if they are encountered in directory tree traversals.
     *concat* is the hop from a symbolic link to its target file object
     for the purpose of writing.  I.e.  for command -concat.  This is a
     security risk !
     Less general than above occasions:
     *pattern* is mount and link hopping, but only during -disk_pattern
     expansion.
     *param* is link hopping for parameter words (after eventual pattern
     expansion).  If enabled then -ls*x will show the link targets
     rather than the links themselves.  -du*x, -findx, and -add will
     process the link targets but not follow links in an eventual
     directory tree below the targets (unless "link" is enabled).
     -cut_out will process link targets.
     Occasions can be combined in a colon separated list.  All occasions
     mentioned in the list will then lead to a positive follow decision.

     *off* prevents any positive follow decision.  Use it if no other
     occasion applies.
     Shortcuts:
     *default* is equivalent to "pattern:mount:limit=100".
     *on* always decides positive.  Equivalent to "link:mount:concat".

     Not an occasion but an optional setting is:
     *limit=*<number> which sets the maximum number of link hops.  A
     link hop consists of a sequence of symbolic links and a final
     target of different type.  Nevertheless those hops can loop.
     Example:
     $ ln -s ..  uploop
     Link hopping has a built-in loop detection which stops hopping at
     the first repetition of a link target.  Then the repeated link is
     handled as itself and not as its target.  Regrettably one can
     construct link networks which cause exponential workload before
     their loops get detected.  The number given with "limit=" can curb
     this workload at the risk of truncating an intentional sequence of
     link hops.
-pathspecs "on"|"off"|"as_mkisofs"
     Control parameter interpretation with 'xorriso' actions -add and
     -path_list.
     Mode "as_mkisofs" enables pathspecs of the form
     *iso_rr_path=disk_path*
     like with program mkisofs -graft-points.
     All characters '\' must be escaped in both, iso_rr_path and
     disk_path.  The character '=' must be escaped in the iso_rr_path
     and may or may not be escaped in the disk_path.  This mode
     temporarily disables -disk_pattern expansion for command -add.
     Mode "on" does nearly the same.  But '=' must only be escaped in
     the iso_rr_path and '\' must not be escaped at all.  This has the
     disadvantage that one cannot express an iso_rr_path which ends by
     '\'.
     Mode "off" disables pathspecs of the form target=source and
     re-enables -disk_pattern expansion.
-overwrite "on"|"nondir"|"off"
     Allow or disallow overwriting of existing files in the ISO image or
     in the local filesystem by files with the same name.
     With setting "off", name collisions with at least one non-directory
     file cause FAILURE events.  Collisions of two directories lead to
     merging of their file lists.
     With setting "nondir", only directories are protected by such
     events, other existing file types get treated with -rm before the
     new file gets added.  Setting "on" enables automatic -rm_r.  I.e.
     a non-directory can replace an existing directory and all its
     subordinates.
     If restoring of files to the disk filesystem is enabled by
     -osirrox, then the overwrite rule applies to the target file
     objects on disk as well, but "on" is downgraded to "nondir".
-split_size number["k"|"m"]
     Set the threshold for automatic splitting of regular files.  Such
     splitting maps a large disk file onto a ISO directory with several
     part files in it.  This is necessary if the size of the disk file
     exceeds -file_size_limit.  Older operating systems can handle files
     in mounted ISO 9660 filesystems only if they are smaller than 2 GiB
     or in other cases 4 GiB.
     Default is 0 which will exclude files larger than -file_size_limit
     by a FAILURE event.  A well tested -split_size is 2047m.  Sizes
     above -file_size_limit are not permissible.
     The newly created ISO directory inherits its permissions from the
     data file with additional x-permission for those who have
     r-permission.
     While command -split_size is set larger than 0 such a directory
     with split file pieces will be recognized and handled like a
     regular file by commands -compare* , -update*, and in overwrite
     situations.  There are -osirrox parameters "concat_split_on" and
     "concat_split_off" which control the handling when files get
     restored to disk.
     In order to be recognizable, the names of the part files have to
     describe the splitting by 5 numbers:
     part_number,total_parts,byte_offset,byte_count,disk_file_size
     which are embedded in the following text form:
     part_#_of_#_at_#_with_#_of_#
     Scaling characters like "m" or "k" are taken into respect.  All
     digits are interpreted as decimal, even if leading zeros are
     present.
     E.g: /file/part_1_of_3_at_0_with_2047m_of_5753194821
     No other files are allowed in the directory.  All parts have to be
     present and their numbers have to be plausible.  E.g.  byte_count
     must be valid as -cut_out parameter and their contents may not
     overlap.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Manip,  Next: CmdFind,  Prev: SetInsert,  Up: Commands

9.6 File manipulations
======================

The following commands manipulate files in the ISO image, regardless
whether they stem from the loaded image or were newly inserted.

-iso_rr_pattern "on"|"ls"|"off"
     Set the pattern expansion mode for the iso_rr_path parameters of
     several commands which support this feature.
     Setting "off" disables pattern expansion for all commands which are
     marked in this man page by "iso_rr_path [***]" or "iso_rr_pattern
     [***]".
     Setting "on" enables it for all those commands.
     Setting "ls" enables it only for those which are marked by
     "iso_rr_pattern [***]".
     Default is "on".
-rm iso_rr_path [***]
     Delete the given files from the ISO image.
     Note: This does not free any space on the -indev medium, even if
     the deletion is committed to that same medium.
     The image size will shrink if the image is written to a different
     medium in modification mode.
-rm_r iso_rr_path [***]
     Delete the given files or directory trees from the ISO image.  See
     also the note with command -rm.
-rmdir iso_rr_path [***]
     Delete empty directories.
-move iso_rr_path iso_rr_path
     Rename the file given by the first (origin) iso_rr_path to the
     second (destination) iso_rr_path.  Deviate from rules of shell
     command mv by not moving the origin file underneath an existing
     destination directory.  The origin file will rather replace such a
     directory, if this is allowed by command -overwrite.
-mv iso_rr_path [***] iso_rr_path
     Rename the given file objects in the ISO tree to the last parameter
     in the list.  Use the same rules as with shell command mv.
     If pattern expansion is enabled and if the last parameter contains
     wildcard characters then it must match exactly one existing file
     address, or else the command fails with a FAILURE event.
-chown uid iso_rr_path [***]
     Set ownership of file objects in the ISO image.  uid may either be
     a decimal number or the name of a user known to the operating
     system.
-chown_r uid iso_rr_path [***]
     Like -chown but affecting all files below eventual directories.
-chgrp gid iso_rr_path [***]
     Set group attribute of file objects in the ISO image.  gid may
     either be a decimal number or the name of a group known to the
     operating system.
-chgrp_r gid iso_rr_path [***]
     Like -chgrp but affecting all files below eventual directories.
-chmod mode iso_rr_path [***]
     Equivalent to shell command chmod in the ISO image.  mode is either
     an octal number beginning with "0" or a comma separated list of
     statements of the form [ugoa]*[+-=][rwxst]* .
     Like: go-rwx,u+rwx .
     *Personalities*: u=user, g=group, o=others, a=all
     *Operators*: + adds given permissions, - revokes given permissions,
     = revokes all old permissions and then adds the given ones.
     *Permissions*: r=read, w=write, x=execute|inspect, s=setuid|setgid,
     t=sticky bit
     For octal numbers see man 2 stat.
-chmod_r mode iso_rr_path [***]
     Like -chmod but affecting all files below eventual directories.
-setfacl acl_text iso_rr_path [***]
     Attach the given ACL to the given iso_rr_paths.  If the files
     already have ACLs, then those get deleted before the new ones get
     into effect.  If acl_text is empty, or contains the text "clear" or
     the text "--remove-all", then the existing ACLs will be removed and
     no new ones will be attached.  Any other content of acl_text will
     be interpreted as a list of ACL entries.  It may be in the long
     multi-line format as put out by -getfacl but may also be
     abbreviated as follows:
     ACL entries are separated by comma or newline.  If an entry is
     empty text or begins with "#" then it will be ignored.  A valid
     entry has to begin by a letter out of {ugom} for "user", "group",
     "other", "mask".  It has to contain two colons ":".  A non-empty
     text between those ":" gives a user id or group id.  After the
     second ":" there may be letters out of {rwx- #}.  The first three
     give read, write, or execute permission.  Letters "-", " " and TAB
     are ignored.  "#" causes the rest of the entry to be ignored.
     Letter "X" or any other letters are not supported.  Examples:
     g:toolies:rw,u:lisa:rw,u:1001:rw,u::wr,g::r,o::r,m::rw
     group:toolies:rw-,user::rw-,group::r--,other::r--,mask::rw-
     A valid entry may be prefixed by "d", some following characters and
     ":".  This indicates that the entry goes to the "default" ACL
     rather than to the "access" ACL. Example:
     u::rwx,g::rx,o::,d:u::rwx,d:g::rx,d:o::,d:u:lisa:rwx,d:m::rwx
-setfacl_r acl_text iso_rr_path [***]
     Like -setfacl but affecting all files below given directories.
-setfacl_list disk_path
     Read the output of -getfacl_r or shell command getfacl -R and apply
     it to the iso_rr_paths as given in lines beginning with "# file:".
     This will change ownership, group and ACL of the given files.  If
     disk_path is "-" then lines are read from standard input.  Line "@"
     ends the list, "@@@" aborts without changing the pending
     iso_rr_path.
     Since -getfacl and getfacl -R strip leading "/" from file paths,
     the setting of -cd does always matter.
-setfattr [-]name value iso_rr_path [***]
     Attach the given xattr pair of name and value to the given
     iso_rr_paths.  If the given name is prefixed by "-", then the pair
     with that name gets removed from the xattr list.  If name is
     "--remove-all" then all user namespace xattr of the given
     iso_rr_paths get deleted.  In case of deletion, value must be an
     empty text.
     Which names are permissible depends on the setting of command
     -xattr.  "on" or "user" restricts them to namespace "user".  I.e.
     a name has to look like "user.x" or "user.whatever".
     -xattr setting "any" enables names from all namespaces except
     "isofs".
     Values and names undergo the normal input processing of 'xorriso'.
     See also command -backslash_codes.  Other than with command
     -setfattr_list, the byte value 0 cannot be expressed via -setfattr.
-setfattr_r [-]name value iso_rr_path [***]
     Like -setfattr but affecting all files below given directories.
-setfattr_list disk_path
     Read the output format of -getfattr_r or shell command getfattr -Rd
     and apply it to the iso_rr_paths as given in lines beginning with
     "# file:".  All previously existing xattr of the acceptable
     namespaces will be deleted before the new xattr get attached.  The
     set of acceptable names depends on the setting of command -xattr.
     If disk_path is "-" then lines are read from standard input.
     Since -getfattr and getfattr -Rd strip leading "/" from file paths,
     the setting of -cd does always matter.
     Empty input lines and lines which begin by "#" will be ignored
     (except "# file:").  Line "@" ends the list, "@@@" aborts without
     changing the pending iso_rr_path.  Other input lines must have the
     form
     name="value"
     The separator "=" is not allowed in names.  Value may contain any
     kind of bytes.  It must be in quotes.  Trailing whitespace after
     the end quote will be ignored.  Non-printables bytes and quotes
     must be represented as \XYZ by their octal 8-bit code XYZ. Use code
     \000 for 0-bytes.
-chattr mode iso_rr_path [***]
     Set or unset Linux file attributes like program chattr(1) would do
     to disk files.  Applying this command to files which are neither
     directory nor regular data file will yield a SORRY event, unless
     the mode is "-remove-lfa-flags".
     The first letter of the mode string determines what to do.  The
     other letters are symbolic attribute flag letters out of the set
     "aAcCdDeEFhiIjNmPsStTuVxZ" as described in man 1 chattr.  There is
     no restriction which attributes can be set or unset.  But at
     restore time, unusual or unsuitable attributes may cause problems.
     First letter '+' causes the given attribute flags to be set.  All
     other attributes stay as they are.
     First letter '-' causes the given attribute flags to be unset.  All
     other attributes stay as they are.  (Note that '-' is also accepted
     as symbolic attribute letter which has no effect.)
     A special case is the mode string "-remove-lfa-flags" which causes
     the Linux file attribute information to be removed from the file.
     The -find test -has_lfa_flags "-" will then not match the file any
     more.
     First letter '.'  causes all attribute flags except the given ones
     to be unset.  The given ones stay as they are.  This is not a
     feature of program chattr(1).
     First letter '=' causes the given attribute flags to be set.  All
     other get unset.  Mode "=-" leads to all attribute flags being
     unset, but -find test -has_lfa_flags "-" will match the file
     afterwards.
     Example: -chattr +sDu /my/file /my/other_file -
-chattr_r mode iso_rr_path [***]
     Like -chattr but affecting also all suitable files below the given
     directories.  Except with mode "-remove-lfa-flags", the given
     iso_rr_path parameters need to be directories or regular data files
     or else a SORRY event will happen.  Files below the given
     directories will be skipped silently if their type is not suitable
     for -chattr.
-set_projid number iso_rr_path [***]
     Set the XFS-style project ids like programs xfs_quota(8) or
     chattr(1) would do to disk files.  The permissible number range is
     0 to 4294967295.  0 means that the file does not belong to any
     project.
-set_projid_r number iso_rr_path [***]
     Like -projid but affecting also all files below the given
     directories.
-alter_date type timestring iso_rr_path [***]
     Alter the date entries of files in the ISO image.  type may be one
     of the following:
     "a" sets access time, updates ctime.
     "m" sets modification time, updates ctime.
     "b" sets access time and modification time, updates ctime.
     "a-c", "m-c", and "b-c" set the times without updating ctime.
     "c" sets the ctime.
     timestring may be in the following formats (see also section
     EXAMPLES):
     As expected by program date: MMDDhhmm[[CC]YY][.ss]]
     As produced by program date:
     [Day] MMM DD hh:mm:ss [TZON] YYYY
     Relative times counted from current clock time:
     +|-Number["s"|"h"|"d"|"w"|"m"|"y"]
     where "s" means seconds, "h" hours, "d" days, "w" weeks, "m"=30d,
     "y"=365.25d plus 1d added to multiplication result.
     Absolute seconds counted from Jan 1 1970 00:00 GMT:
     =Number
     'xorriso''s own timestamps:
     YYYY.MM.DD[.hh[mm[ss]]]
     scdbackup timestamps:
     YYMMDD[.hhmm[ss]]
     where "A0" is year 2000, "B0" is 2010, etc.
     ECMA-119 volume timestamps:
     YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc
     These are normally given as GMT. The suffix "LOC" causes local
     timezone conversion.  E.g.  2013010720574700, 2013010720574700LOC.
     The last two digits cc (centiseconds) will be ignored, but must be
     present in order to make the format recognizable.
     Example:
     -alter_date m-c 2013.11.27.103951 /file1 /file2 -
     This command does not persistently apply to the boot catalog, which
     gets fresh timestamps at -commit time.  Command -volume_date "uuid"
     can set this time value.
-alter_date_r type timestring iso_rr_path [***]
     Like -alter_date but affecting all files below eventual
     directories.
-hide hide_state iso_rr_path [***]
     Prevent the names of the given files from showing up in the
     directory trees of ISO 9660 and/or Joliet and/or HFS+ when the
     image gets written.  The data content of such hidden files will be
     included in the resulting image, even if they do not show up in any
     directory.  But you will need own means to find nameless data in
     the image.
     Warning: Data which are hidden from the ISO 9660 tree will not be
     copied by the write method of modifying.
     Possible values of hide_state are: "iso_rr" for hiding from ISO
     9660 tree, "joliet" for Joliet tree, "hfsplus" for HFS+, "on" for
     them all.  "off" means visibility in all directory trees.
     These values may be combined.  E.g.: joliet:hfsplus
     This command does not apply to the boot catalog.  Rather use:
     -boot_image "any" "cat_hidden=on"


File: xorriso.info,  Node: CmdFind,  Next: Filter,  Prev: Manip,  Up: Commands

9.7 Tree traversal command -find
================================

-find iso_rr_path [test [op] [test ...]] [-exec action [params]] --
     A restricted substitute for shell command find in the ISO image.
     It performs an action on matching file objects at or below
     iso_rr_path.
     If not used as last command in the line then the parameter list
     needs to get terminated by "--".
     Tests are optional.  If they are omitted then action is applied to
     all file objects.  If tests are given then they form together an
     expression.  The action is applied only if the expression matches
     the file object.  Default expression operator between tests is
     -and, i.e.  the expression matches only if all its tests match.
     Available tests are:

     -name pattern :
          Matches if pattern matches the file leaf name.  If the pattern
          does not contain any of the characters "*?[", then it will be
          truncated according to -file_name_limit and thus match the
          truncated name in the ISO filesystem.
     -wholename pattern :
          Matches if pattern matches the file path as it would be
          printed by action "echo".  Character '/' can be matched by
          wildcards.  If pattern pieces between '/' do not contain any
          of the characters "*?[", they will be truncated according to
          -file_name_limit.
     -disk_name pattern :
          Like -name but testing the leaf name of the file source on
          disk.  Can match only data files which do not stem from the
          loaded image, or for directories above such data files.  With
          directories the result can change between -find runs if their
          content stems from multiple sources.
     -disk_path disk_path :
          Matches if the given disk_path is equal to the path of the
          file source on disk.  The same restrictions apply as with
          -disk_name.
     -type type_letter :
          Matches files of the given type: "block", "char", "dir",
          "pipe", "file", "link", "socket", "eltorito", and "Xotic"
          which matches what is not matched by the other types.
          Only the first letter is interpreted.  E.g.: -find / -type d
     -size [+-][=]number[cwbdksmg] :
          Matches files with matching relation to the given size number.

          The prefix defines the desired relation:
          No prefix or prefix "=" means: File must have exactly the
          given size.
          Prefix "+" means: File must be larger than given size.
          Prefix "+=" means: File must be larger than or equal to given
          size limit.
          Prefix "-" means: File must be smaller than given size limit.
          Prefix "-=" means: File must be smaller than or equal to given
          size limit.
          Suffixes are peculiar to stay compatible with program "find":
          No suffix means blocks of 512 bytes, "c" means single bytes,
          "w" means 2 bytes, "b" means 512 bytes.  The suffixes "k",
          "M", and "G" mean 1024, 1024k, and 1024M respectively.  As
          usual with xorriso, the suffixes "d" and "s" mean 512 and 2048
          and all suffixes are recognized as both, uppercase and
          lowercase letters.
          E.g.  match files of 4 GiB or larger:
          -size +=4g
     -maxdepth number :
          Matches only files which are at most at the given depth level
          relative to the iso_rr_path where -find starts.  That path
          itself is at depth 0, its directory children are at 1, their
          directory children at 2, and so on.
     -mindepth number :
          Matches only files which are at least at the given depth
          level.
     -damaged :
          Matches files which use data blocks marked as damaged by a
          previous run of -check_media.  The damage info vanishes when a
          new ISO image gets loaded.
          Note that a MD5 session mismatch marks all files of the
          session as damaged.  If finer distinction is desired, perform
          -md5 off before -check_media.
     -pending_data :
          Matches files which get their content from outside the loaded
          ISO image.
     -lba_range start_lba block_count :
          Matches files which use data blocks within the range of
          start_lba and start_lba+block_count-1.
     -has_acl :
          Matches files which have a non-trivial ACL.
     -has_xattr :
          Matches files which have xattr name-value pairs from user
          namespace.
     -has_any_xattr :
          Matches files which have any xattr other than ACL.
     -has_aaip :
          Matches files which have ACL or any xattr.
     -has_lfa_flags flag_letters :
          Matches files which have Linux file attributes attached and
          have all flags set which correspond to the characters in the
          string flag_letters.  The characters may be zero or more out
          of the set "aAcCdDeEFhiIjNmPsStTuVxZ". The character '-' will
          be ignored.  The flag_letters string "-" matches any attribute
          set, but not a file with no Linux file attributes attached.
          E.g.  look for files with both flags 'i' (immutable) and 'd'
          (no dump) set:
          -has_lfa_flags di
     -has_some_lfa_flags_of flag_letters :

          Similar to -has_lfa_flags but matching files which have at
          least one of the flags set which correspond to the characters
          in the string flag_letters.  The flag_letters string "-" never
          matches any file.  E.g.  look for files which have 'i' or 'a'
          or both of them set:
          -has_some_lfa_flags_of ia
     -has_projid number :
          Matches files which bear the given XFS-style project id
          number.
     -has_md5 :
          Matches data files which have MD5 checksums.
     -has_hfs_crtp creator type :
          Matches files which have the given HFS+ creator and type
          attached.  These are codes of 4 characters which get stored if
          -hfsplus is enabled.  Use a single dash '-' as wildcard that
          matches any such code.  E.g:.
          -has_hfs_crtp YYDN TEXT
          -has_hfs_crtp - -
     -has_hfs_bless blessing :
          Matches files which bear the given HFS+ blessing.  It may be
          one of : "ppc_bootdir", "intel_bootfile", "show_folder",
          "os9_folder", "osx_folder", "any".  See also action
          set_hfs_bless.
     -has_filter :
          Matches files which are filtered by -set_filter.
     -hidden hide_state :
          Matches files which are hidden in "iso_rr" tree, in "joliet"
          tree, in "hfsplus" tree, in all trees ("on"), or not hidden in
          any tree ("off").
          Those which are hidden in some tree match -not -hidden "off".
     -bad_outname namespace :
          Matches files with names which change when converted forth and
          back between the local character set and one of the namespaces
          "rockridge", "joliet", "ecma119", "hfsplus".
          All applicable -compliance rules are taken into respect.  Rule
          "omit_version" is always enabled, because else namespaces
          "joliet" and "ecma119" would cause changes with every
          non-directory name.  Consider to also enable rules
          "no_force_dots" and "no_j_force_dots".
          The namespaces use different character sets and apply further
          restrictions to name length, permissible characters, and
          mandatory name components.  "rockridge" uses the character set
          defined by -out_charset, "joliet" uses UCS-2BE, "ecma119" uses
          ASCII, "hfsplus" uses UTF-16BE.
     -name_limit_blocker length :
          Matches file names which would prevent command
          -file_name_limit with the given length.  The command itself
          reports only the first problem file.
     -prune :
          If this test is reached and the tested file is a directory
          then -find will not dive into that directory.  This test
          itself does always match.
     -use_pattern "on"|"off" :
          This pseudo test controls the interpretation of wildcards with
          tests -name, -wholename, and -disk_name.  Default is "on".  If
          interpretation is disabled by "off", then the parameters of
          -name, -wholename, and -disk_name have to match literally
          rather than as search pattern.  This test itself does always
          match.
     -or_use_pattern "on"|"off" :
          Like -use_pattern, but automatically appending the test by -or
          rather than by -and.  Further the test itself does never
          match.  So a subsequent test -or will cause its other operand
          to be performed.
     -decision "yes"|"no" :
          If this test is reached then the evaluation ends immediately
          and action is performed if the decision is "yes" or "true".
          See operator -if.
     -true and -false :
          Always match or match not, respectively.  Evaluation goes on.
     -sort_lba :
          Always match.  This causes -find to perform its action in a
          sequence sorted by the ISO image block addresses of the files.
          It may improve throughput with actions which read data from
          optical drives.  Action will always get the absolute path as
          parameter.
          Available operators are:
     -not :
          Matches if the next test or sub expression does not match.
          Several tests do this specifically:
          -undamaged, -lba_range with negative start_lba, -has_no_acl,
          -has_no_xattr, -has_no_aaip, -has_no_filter .
     -and :
          Matches if both neighboring tests or expressions match.
     -or :
          Matches if at least one of both neighboring tests or
          expressions matches.
     -sub ... -subend or ( ... ) :
          Enclose a sub expression which gets evaluated first before it
          is processed by neighboring operators.  Normal precedence is:
          -not, -or , -and.
     -if ... -then ... -elseif ... -then ... -else ... -endif :
          Enclose one or more sub expressions.  If the -if expression
          matches, then the -then expression is evaluated as the result
          of the whole expression up to -endif.  Else the next -elseif
          expression is evaluated and if it matches, its -then
          expression.  Finally in case of no match, the -else expression
          is evaluated.  There may be more than one -elseif.  Neither
          -else nor -elseif are mandatory.  If -else is missing and
          would be hit, then the result is a non-match.
          -if-expressions are the main use case for above test
          -decision.

     Default action is *echo*, i.e.  to print the address of the found
     file.  Other actions are certain 'xorriso' commands which get
     performed on the found files.  These commands may have specific
     parameters.  See also their particular descriptions.

     chown and chown_r
          change the ownership and get the user id as parameter.  E.g.:
          -exec chown thomas --
     chgrp and chgrp_r
          change the group attribute and get the group id as parameter.
          E.g.: -exec chgrp_r staff --
     chmod and chmod_r
          change access permissions and get a mode string as parameter.
          E.g.: -exec chmod a-w,a+r --
     alter_date and alter_date_r
          change the timestamps.  They get a type character and a
          timestring as parameters.
          E.g.: -exec alter_date "m" "Dec 30 19:34:12 2007" --
     set_to_mtime
          sets the ctime and atime to the value found in mtime.
     lsdl
          prints file information like shell command ls -dl.
     show_time
          prints the timestamp of the given type and the file path.
          Other than with lsdl the time is always shown exact to the
          second.
          This action gets a type text as parameter.  It has to begin by
          one of the letters 'a', 'c', or 'm' to request atime, ctime,
          or mtime.  Letters 'u' or 'U' may be appended to request UTC
          instead of local time.  Letter 's' may be appended to request
          sortable timestamps of form YYYY.MM.DD.hhmmss like
          2025.10.03.183911.  Note that for ASCII-alphabetic sortability
          the year 10000 is represented as "999A" and year -1 is
          represented as "-001".
          E.g.: -exec show_time mus --
     compare
          performs command -compare with the found file address as
          iso_rr_path and the corresponding file address below its
          parameter disk_path_start.  For this the iso_rr_path of the
          -find command gets replaced by the disk_path_start.
          E.g.: -find /thomas -exec compare /home/thomas --
     update
          performs command -update with the found file address as
          iso_rr_path.  The corresponding file address is determined
          like with above action "compare".
     update_merge
          is like update but does not delete the found file if it is
          missing on disk.  It may be run several times and records with
          all visited files whether their counterpart on disk has
          already been seen by one of the update_merge runs.  Finally, a
          -find run with action "rm_merge" may remove all files that saw
          no counterpart on disk.
          Up to the next "rm_merge" or "clear_merge" all newly inserted
          files will get marked as having a disk counterpart.
     rm
          removes the found iso_rr_path from the image if it is not a
          directory with files in it.  I.e.  this "rm" includes "rmdir".

     rm_r
          removes the found iso_rr_path from the image, including whole
          directory trees.
     rm_merge
          removes the found iso_rr_path if it was visited by one or more
          previous actions "update_merge" and saw no counterpart on disk
          in any of them.  The marking from the update actions is
          removed in any case.
     clear_merge
          removes an eventual marking from action "update_merge".
     report_damage
          classifies files whether they hit a data block that is marked
          as damaged.  The result is printed together with the address
          of the first damaged byte, the maximum span of damages, file
          size, and the path of the file.
     report_lba
          prints files which are associated to image data blocks.  It
          tells the logical block address, the block number, the byte
          size, and the path of each file.  There may be reported more
          than one line per file if the file has more than one section.
          In this case each line has a different extent number in column
          "xt".
     report_sections
          like report_lba but telling the byte sizes of the particular
          sections rather than the overall byte size of the file.
     getfacl
          prints access permissions in ACL text form to the result
          channel.
     setfacl
          attaches ACLs after removing existing ones.  The new ACL is
          given in text form as defined with command -setfacl.
          E.g.: -exec setfacl u:lisa:rw,u::rw,g::r,o::-,m::rw --
     getfattr
          prints xattr name-value pairs to the result channel.  The
          choice of namespaces depends on the setting of command -xattr:
          "off", "on", or "user" restricts it to the namespace "user",
          "any" only omits namespace "isofs".
     get_any_xattr
          prints xattr name-value pairs from any namespace except ACL to
          the result channel.  This is mostly for debugging of namespace
          "isofs".
     list_extattr mode
          prints a script to the result channel, which would use FreeBSD
          command setextattr to set the file's xattr name-value pairs of
          user namespace.  Parameter mode controls the form of the
          output of names and values.  Default mode "e" prints harmless
          characters in shell quotation marks, but represents texts with
          octal 001 to 037 and 0177 to 0377 by an embedded echo -e
          command.  Mode "q" prints any characters in shell quotation
          marks.  This might not be terminal-safe but should work in
          script files.  Mode "r" uses no quotation marks.  Not safe.
          Mode "b" prints backslash encoding.  Not suitable for shell
          parsing.
          E.g.: -exec list_extattr e -
          Command -backslash_codes does not affect the output.
     lsattrd
          shows the Linux file attribute flags like command -lsattrd
          does.
     chattr mode
          applies -chattr with the given mode.  Other than command
          -chattr this silently skips any file which are not -type "dir"
          or "file".
          E.g.: -exec chattr +sDu -
     get_projid
          shows the XFS-style project id number.
     get_projid_minmax
          shows at the end of the -find run the minimal and the maximal
          XFS-style project id numbers among the files which were
          matched by the find tests.
     set_projid number
          applies -set_projid with the given number.  Number range is 0
          to 4294967295.
          E.g.: -exec set_projid 1001 -
     get_md5
          prints the MD5 sum, if recorded, together with file path.
     check_md5
          compares the MD5 sum, if recorded and loaded, with the file
          content and reports if mismatch.
          E.g.: -find / -not -pending_data -exec check_md5 FAILURE --
     make_md5
          equips a data file with an MD5 sum of its content.  Useful to
          upgrade the files in the loaded image to full MD5 coverage by
          the next commit with -md5 "on".
          E.g.: -find / -type f -not -has_md5 -exec make_md5 --
     setfattr
          sets or deletes xattr name value pairs.
          E.g.: -find / -has_xattr -exec setfattr --remove-all " --
     set_hfs_crtp
          adds, changes, or removes HFS+ creator and type attributes.
          E.g.: -exec set_hfs_crtp YYDN TEXT
          E.g.: -find /my/dir -prune -exec set_hfs_crtp -delete -
     get_hfs_crtp
          prints the HFS+ creator and type attributes together with the
          iso_rr_path, if the file has such attributes at all.
          E.g.: -exec get_hfs_crtp
     set_hfs_bless
          applies or removes HFS+ blessings.  They are roles which can
          be attributed to up to four directories and a data file:
          "ppc_bootdir", "intel_bootfile", "show_folder", "os9_folder",
          "osx_folder".
          They may be abbreviated as "p", "i", "s", "9", and "x".
          Each such role can be attributed to at most one file object.
          "intel_bootfile" is the one that would apply to a data file.
          All others apply to directories.  The -find run will end as
          soon as the first blessing is issued.  The previous bearer of
          the blessing will lose it then.  No file object can bear more
          than one blessing.
          E.g.: -find /my/blessed/directory -exec set_hfs_bless p
          Further there is blessing "none" or "n" which revokes any
          blessing from the found files.  This -find run will not stop
          when the first match is reached.
          E.g.: -find / -has_hfs_bless any -exec set_hfs_bless none
     get_hfs_bless
          prints the HFS+ blessing role and the iso_rr_path, if the file
          is blessed at all.
          E.g.: -exec get_hfs_bless
     set_filter
          applies or removes filters.
          E.g.: -exec set_filter --zisofs --
     mkisofs_r
          applies the rules of mkisofs -r to the file object:
          user id and group id become 0, all r-permissions get granted,
          all w denied.  If there is any x-permission, then all three x
          get granted.  s- and t-bits get removed.
     sort_weight
          attributes a LBA weight number to regular files.
          The number may range from -2147483648 to 2147483647.  The
          higher it is, the lower will be the block address of the file
          data in the emerging ISO image.  Currently the boot catalog
          has a hardcoded weight of 1 billion.  Normally it should
          occupy the block with the lowest possible address.
          Data files which are loaded by -indev or -dev get a weight
          between 1 and 2 exp 28 = 268,435,456, depending on their block
          address.  This shall keep them roughly in the same order if
          the write method of modifying is applied.
          Data files which are added by other commands get an initial
          weight of 0.  Boot image files have a default weight of 2.
          E.g.: -exec sort_weight 3 --
     show_stream
          shows the content stream chain of a data file.
     show_stream_id
          is like show_stream, but also prints between stream type and
          first ":" in square brackets libisofs id numbers:
          [fs_id,dev_id,ino_id].
     hide
          brings the file into one of the hide states "on", "iso_rr",
          "joliet", "hfsplus", "off".  They may be combined.  E.g.:
          joliet:hfsplus
          E.g.:
          -find / -disk_name *_secret -exec hide on
     print_outname
          prints in the first line the filename as registered by the
          program model, and in the second line the filename after
          conversion forth and back between local character set and one
          of the namespaces "rockridge", "joliet", "ecma119", or
          "hfsplus".  The third output line is "-" .
          The name conversion does not take into respect the possibility
          of name collisions in the target namespace.  Such collisions
          are most likely in "joliet" and "ecma119", where they get
          resolved by automatic file name changes.
          E.g.:
          -find / -bad_outname joliet -exec print_outname joliet
     estimate_size
          prints a lower and an upper estimation of the number of blocks
          which the found files together will occupy in the emerging ISO
          image.  This does not account for the superblock, for the
          directories in the -find path, or for image padding.
     find
          performs another run of -find on the matching file address.
          It accepts the same params as -find, except iso_rr_path.
          E.g.:
          -find / -name '???'  -type d -exec find -name '[abc]*' -exec
          chmod a-w,a+r --


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Filter,  Next: Writing,  Prev: CmdFind,  Up: Commands

9.8 Filters for data file content
=================================

*Filters* may be installed between data files in the ISO image and their
content source outside the image.  They may also be used vice versa
between data content in the image and target files on disk.

   Built-in filters are "--zisofs" and "--zisofs-decode".  The former is
to be applied via -set_filter, the latter is automatically applied if
zisofs compressed content is detected with a file when loading the ISO
image.
Another built-in filter pair is "--gzip" and "--gunzip" with suffix
".gz".  They behave about like external gzip and gunzip but avoid
forking a process for each single file.  So they are much faster if
there are many small files.

-external_filter name option[:option] program_path [arguments] --
     Register a content filter by associating a name with a program
     path, program arguments, and some behavioral options.  Once
     registered it can be applied to multiple data files in the ISO
     image, regardless whether their content resides in the loaded ISO
     image or in the local filesystem.  External filter processes may
     produce synthetic file content by reading the original content from
     stdin and writing to stdout whatever they want.  They must deliver
     the same output on the same input in repeated runs.
     Options are:
     "default" means that no other option is intended.
     "suffix=..."  sets a file name suffix.  If it is not empty then it
     will be appended to the file name or removed from it.
     "remove_suffix" will remove a file name suffix rather than
     appending it.
     "if_nonempty" will leave 0-sized files unfiltered.
     "if_reduction" will try filtering and revoke it if the content size
     does not shrink.
     "if_block_reduction" will revoke if the number of 2 kB blocks does
     not shrink.
     "used=..."  is ignored.  Command -status shows it with the number
     of files which currently have the filter applied.
     Examples:
     -external_filter bzip2 suffix=.bz2:if_block_reduction \
     /usr/bin/bzip2 --
     -external_filter bunzip2 suffix=.bz2:remove_suffix \
     /usr/bin/bunzip2 --
-unregister_filter name
     Remove an -external_filter registration.  This is only possible if
     the filter is not applied to any file in the ISO image.
-close_filter_list
     Irrevocably ban commands -concat "pipe", -external_filter, and
     -unregister_filter, but not -set_filter.  Use this to prevent
     external filtering in general or when all intended filters are
     registered and -concat mode "pipe" shall be disallowed.  External
     filters may also be banned totally at compile time of 'xorriso'.
     By default they are banned if 'xorriso' runs under setuid
     permission.
-set_filter name iso_rr_path [***]
     Apply an -external_filter or a built-in filter to the given data
     files in the ISO image.  If the filter suffix is not empty , then
     it will be applied to the file name.  Renaming only happens if the
     filter really gets attached and is not revoked by its options.  By
     default files which already bear the suffix will not get filtered.
     The others will get the suffix appended to their names.  If the
     filter has option "remove_suffix", then the filter will only be
     applied if the suffix is present and can be removed.  Name oversize
     or collision caused by suffix change will prevent filtering.
     With most filter types this command will immediately run the filter
     once for each file in order to determine the output size.  Content
     reading operations like -extract , -compare and image generation
     will perform further filter runs and deliver filtered content.
     At image generation time the filter output must still be the same
     as the output from the first run.  Filtering for image generation
     does not happen with files from the loaded ISO image if the write
     method of growing is in effect (i.e -indev and -outdev are
     identical).
     The reserved filter name "--remove-all-filters" revokes filtering.
     This will revoke suffix renamings as well.  Use
     "--remove-all-filters+" to prevent any suffix renaming.
     Attaching or detaching filters will not alter the state of
     -changes_pending.  If the filter manipulations shall be the only
     changes in a write run, then explicitly execute -changes_pending
     "yes".
-set_filter_r name iso_rr_path [***]
     Like -set_filter but affecting all data files below eventual
     directories.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Writing,  Next: SetWrite,  Prev: Filter,  Up: Commands

9.9 Writing the result, drive control
=====================================

(see also paragraph about settings below)

-rollback
     Discard the manipulated ISO image and reload it from -indev.  (Use
     -rollback_end if immediate program end is desired.)
-changes_pending "no"|"yes"|"mkisofs_printed"|"show_status"
     Write runs are performed only if a change of the image has been
     made since the image was loaded or created blank.  Vice versa the
     program will start a write run for pending changes when it ends
     normally (i.e.  not by abort and not by command -rollback_end).
     The command -changes_pending can be used to override the
     automatically determined state.  This is mainly useful for setting
     state "yes" despite no real changes were made.  The sequence
     -changes_pending "no" -end is equivalent to the command
     -rollback_end.  State "mkisofs_printed" is caused by emulation
     command -as mkisofs if option -print-size is present.
     The pseudo-state "show_status" can be used to print the current
     state to result channel.
     Image loading or manipulations which happen after this command will
     again update automatically the change status of the image.
-commit
     Perform the write operation.  Afterwards, if -outdev is readable,
     make it the new -dev and load the image from there.  Switch to
     growing mode.  (A subsequent -outdev will activate modification
     mode or blind growing.)  -commit is performed automatically at end
     of program if there are uncommitted manipulations pending.
     So, to perform a final write operation with no new -dev and no new
     loading of image, rather execute command -end.  If you want to go
     on without image loading, execute -commit_eject "none".  To eject
     after write without image loading, use -commit_eject "all".
     To suppress a final write, execute -rollback_end.

     Writing can last quite a while.  It is not unnormal with several
     types of media that there is no progress visible for the first few
     minutes or that the drive gnaws on the medium for a few minutes
     after all data have been transmitted.  'xorriso' and the drives are
     in a client-server relationship.  The drives have much freedom
     about what to do with the media.  Some combinations of drives and
     media simply do not work, despite the promises by their vendors.
     If writing fails then try other media or another drive.  The reason
     for such failure is hardly ever in the code of the various burn
     programs but you may well try some of those listed below under SEE
     ALSO.
-eject "in"|"out"|"all"
     Eject the medium in -indev, -outdev, or both drives, respectively.
     Note: It is not possible yet to effectively eject disk files.
-commit_eject "in"|"out"|"all"|"none"
     Combined -commit and -eject.  When writing has finished do not make
     -outdev the new -dev, and load no ISO image.  Rather eject -indev
     and/or -outdev.  Give up any non-ejected drive.
-blank mode
     Make media ready for writing from scratch (if not -dummy is
     activated).
     This affects only the -outdev not the -indev.  If both drives are
     the same and if the ISO image was altered then this command leads
     to a FAILURE event.  Defined modes are: as_needed, fast, all,
     deformat, deformat_quickest
     "as_needed" cares for used CD-RW, DVD-RW and for used overwritable
     media by applying -blank "fast".  It applies -format "full" to yet
     unformatted DVD-RAM and BD-RE. Other media in blank state are
     gracefully ignored.  Media which cannot be made ready for writing
     from scratch cause a FAILURE event.
     "fast" makes CD-RW and unformatted DVD-RW re-usable, or invalidates
     overwritable ISO images.  "all" might work more thoroughly and need
     more time.
     "deformat" converts overwritable DVD-RW into unformatted ones.
     "deformat_quickest" is a faster way to deformat or blank DVD-RW but
     produces media which are only suitable for a single session.  Some
     drives announce this state by not offering feature 21h, but some
     drives offer it anyway.  If feature 21h is missing, then 'xorriso'
     will refuse to write on DVD-RW if not command -close is set to
     "on".
     The progress reports issued by some drives while blanking are quite
     unrealistic.  Do not conclude success or failure from the reported
     percentages.  Blanking was successful if no SORRY event or worse
     occurred.
     Mode may be prepended by "force:" in order to override the
     evaluation of the medium state by libburn.  E.g.  "force:fast".
     Blanking will nevertheless only succeed if the drive is willing to
     do it.
-format mode
     Convert unformatted DVD-RW into overwritable ones, "de-ice" DVD+RW,
     format newly purchased BD-RE or BD-R, re-format DVD-RAM or BD-RE.
     Defined modes are:
     as_needed, full, fast, by_index_<num>, fast_by_index_<num>,
     by_size_<num>, fast_by_size_<num>, without_spare
     "as_needed" formats yet unformatted DVD-RW, DVD-RAM, BD-RE, or
     blank unformatted BD-R. Other media are left untouched.
     "full" (re-)formats DVD-RW, DVD+RW, DVD-RAM, BD-RE, or blank
     unformatted BD-R.
     "fast" does the same as "full" but tries to be quicker.
     "by_index_" selects a format out of the descriptor list issued by
     command -list_formats.  The index number from that list is to be
     appended to the mode word.  E.g: "by_index_3".
     "fast_by_index_" does the same as "by_index_" but tries to be
     quicker.
     "by_size_" selects a format out of the descriptor list which
     provides at least the given size.  That size is to be appended to
     the mode word.  E.g: "by_size_4100m".  This applies to media with
     Defect Management.  On BD-RE it will not choose format 0x31, which
     offers no Defect Management.
     "fast_by_size_" does the same as "by_size_" but tries to be
     quicker.
     "without_spare" selects the largest format out of the descriptor
     list which provides no Spare Area for Defect Management.  On BD-RE
     this will be format 0x31.  BD-R will not be formatted by this mode.
     DVD-RAM and other media will be formatted to the largest offered
     size.
     The formatting action has no effect on media if -dummy is
     activated.
     Formatting is normally needed only once during the lifetime of a
     medium, if ever.  But it is a reason for re-formatting if:
     DVD-RW was deformatted by -blank,
     DVD+RW has read failures (re-format before next write),
     DVD-RAM or BD-RE shall change their amount of defect reserve.
     BD-R may be written unformatted or may be formatted before first
     use.  Formatting activates Defect Management which tries to catch
     and repair bad spots on media during the write process at the
     expense of half speed even with flawless media.
     The progress reports issued by some drives while formatting are
     quite unrealistic.  Do not conclude success or failure from the
     reported percentages.  Formatting was successful if no SORRY event
     or worse occurred.  Be patient with apparently frozen progress.
-list_formats
     Put out a list of format descriptors as reported by the output
     drive for the current medium.  The list gives the index number
     after "Format idx", a MMC format code, the announced size in blocks
     (like "2236704s") and the same size in MiB.
     MMC format codes are manifold.  Most important are: "00h" general
     formatting, "01h" increases reserve space for DVD-RAM, "26h" for
     DVD+RW, "30h" for BD-RE with reserve space, "31h" for BD-RE without
     reserve space, "32h" for BD-R.
     Smaller format size with DVD-RAM, BD-RE, or BD-R means more reserve
     space.
-list_speeds
     Put out a list of speed values as reported by the drives with the
     loaded media.  The list tells read speeds of the input drive and of
     the output drive.  Further it tells write speeds of the output
     drive.
     The list of write speeds does not necessarily mean that the medium
     is writable or that these speeds are actually achievable.
     Especially the lists reported with empty drive or with ROM media
     obviously advertise speeds for other media.
     It is not mandatory to use speed values out of the listed range.
     The drive is supposed to choose a safe speed that is as near to the
     desired speed as possible.
     At the end of the list, "Write speed L" and "Write speed H" are the
     best guesses for lower and upper write speed limit.  "Write speed
     l" and "Write speed h" may appear only with CD and eventually
     override the list of other speed offers.
     Only if the drive reports contradicting speed information there
     will appear "Write speed 0", which tells the outcome of speed
     selection by command -speed 0, if it deviates from "Write speed H".

     "Read speed L" and "Read speed H" tell the minimum and maximum read
     speeds, as reported by the drive.  They would be chosen by
     -read_speed "min" or "max" if they undercut or surpass the built-in
     limits.  These are "1x", "52xCD", "24xDVD", "20xBD".
-list_profiles "in"|"out"|"all"
     Put out a list of media types supported by -indev, -outdev, or
     both, respectively.  The currently recognized type is marked by
     text "(current)".
-truncate_overwritable entity id adjust
     On overwritable medium copy the volume descriptors of an existing
     session to the overall descriptors at LBA 0 ff.  This makes all
     sessions *inaccessible* which are younger than the activated one.
     A reason to do this would be read errors in the younger sessions
     and the wish to re-write or skip them.
     This operation is only allowed if no changes to the loaded
     filesystem are pending.  If an -indev is acquired then it is
     released before the write operation begins and re-acquired only in
     case of success.
     The parameters "entity" and "id" have the same meaning as with
     command -load.  They choose the existing ISO session which shall
     become the youngest accessible session.  Available entity names are
     "session", "track", "lba", "sbsector", "volid".  "auto" makes few
     sense.  id is a number or search text as appropriate for the given
     entity.
     Parameter "adjust" controls the claimed size of the activated
     session.  Text "new" means the size of the newly activated session
     as it was before this command.  I.e.  the space of the then
     inaccessible younger sessions will be re-used when appending more
     sessions.
     "old" means the size up to the end of the previously youngest
     session.  I.e.  "old" will not free the space of the then
     inaccessible younger sessions for re-use.
     A number preceded by "+" gives the number of bytes to be added to
     "new".  A number without "+" gives the overall number of bytes.  In
     any case the result may not be smaller than "new".  Numbers may
     have a unit suffix: "d"=512, "k"=1024, "s"=2048, "m"=1024k,
     "g"=1024m.
     Normally the volume descriptors at block 16 ff.  have to be
     readable.  Only with entity "lba" or "sbsector" and adjust mode
     "new" it is possible to address a session if block 16 ff.  yields
     no valid volume descriptors.
     Examples:
     Activate session 4 and enable overwriting of the blocks of younger
     sessions:
     -truncate_overwritable session 4 new
     Activate session 4 and claim the blocks of younger sessions as
     useless part of session 4:
     -truncate_overwritable session 4 old
     Let session 4 claim additional 500 MiB as useless data:
     -truncate_overwritable session 4 +500m
-close_damaged "as_needed"|"force"
     Try to close the upcoming track and session if the drive reported
     the medium as damaged.  This may apply to CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-R,
     DVD-RW, DVD+R, DVD+R DL, or BD-R media.  It is indicated by warning
     messages when the drive gets acquired, and by a remark "but next
     track is damaged" with the line "Media status :" of command -toc.
     The setting of command -close determines whether the medium stays
     appendable.
     Mode "as_needed" gracefully refuses on media which are not reported
     as damaged.  Mode "force" attempts the close operation even with
     media which appear undamaged.
     No image changes are allowed to be pending before this command is
     performed.  After closing was attempted, both drives are given up.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: SetWrite,  Next: Bootable,  Prev: Writing,  Up: Commands

9.10 Settings for result writing
================================

Rock Ridge info will be generated by default.  ACLs will be written
according to the setting of command -acl.

-joliet "on"|"off"
     If enabled by "on", generate Joliet tree additional to ISO 9660 +
     Rock Ridge tree.

-hfsplus "on"|"off"
     If enabled by "on", generate a HFS+ filesystem inside the ISO 9660
     image and mark it by Apple Partition Map (APM) entries in the
     System Area, the first 32 KiB of the image.
     This may collide with data submitted by -boot_image system_area=.
     The first 8 bytes of the System Area get overwritten by { 0x45,
     0x52, 0x08 0x00, 0xeb, 0x02, 0xff, 0xff } which can be executed as
     x86 machine code without negative effects.  So if an MBR gets
     combined with this feature, then its first 8 bytes should contain
     no essential commands.
     The next blocks of 2 KiB in the System Area will be occupied by APM
     entries.  The first one covers the part of the ISO image before the
     HFS+ filesystem metadata.  The second one marks the range from HFS+
     metadata to the end of file content data.  If more ISO image data
     follow, then a third partition entry gets produced.  Other features
     of xorriso might cause the need for more APM entries.
     The HFS+ filesystem is not suitable for add-on sessions produced by
     the multi-session method of growing.  An existing ISO image may
     nevertheless be the base for a new image produced by the method of
     modifying.  If -hfsplus is enabled when -indev or -dev gets
     executed, then AAIP attributes get loaded from the input image and
     checked for information about HFS creator, filetype, or blessing.
     If found, then they get enabled as settings for the next image
     production.  Therefore it is advisable to perform -hfsplus "on"
     before -indev or -dev.
     Information about HFS creator, type, and blessings gets stored by
     xorriso if -hfsplus is enabled at -commit time.  It is stored as
     copy outside the HFS+ partition, but rather along with the Rock
     Ridge information.  xorriso does not read any information from the
     HFS+ meta data.
     Be aware that HFS+ is case-insensitive although it can record file
     names with upper-case and lower-case letters.  Therefore, file
     names from the iso_rr name tree may collide in the HFS+ name tree.
     In this case they get changed by adding underscore characters and
     counting numbers.  In case of very long names, it might be
     necessary to map them to "MANGLED_...".
     WARNING:
     The HFS+ implementation in libisofs has a limit of 125,829,120
     bytes for the size of the overall directory tree.  This suffices
     for about 300,000 files of normal name length.  If the limit gets
     exceeded, a FAILURE event will be issued and the ISO production
     will not happen.

-rockridge "on"|"off"
     Mode "off" disables production of Rock Ridge information for the
     ISO 9660 file objects.  The multi-session capabilities of xorriso
     depend much on the naming fidelity of Rock Ridge.  So it is
     strongly discouraged to deviate from default setting "on".
-compliance rule[:rule...]
     Adjust the compliance to specifications of ISO 9660/ECMA-119 and
     its contemporary extensions.  In some cases it is worth to deviate
     a bit in order to circumvent bugs of the intended reader system or
     to get unofficial extra features.
     There are several adjustable rules which have a keyword each.  If
     they are mentioned with this command then their rule gets added to
     the relaxation list.  This list can be erased by rules "strict" or
     "clear".  It can be reset to its start setting by "default".  Each
     of the following relaxation rules can be revoked individually by
     appending "_off", if it does not get a parameter after a '='
     character.  Like "deep_paths_off".
     Rule keywords are:
     "iso_9660_level="number chooses level 1 with ECMA-119 names of the
     form 8.3 and -file_size_limit <= 4g - 1, or level 2 with ECMA-119
     names up to length 32 and the same -file_size_limit, or level 3
     with ECMA-119 names up to length 32 and -file_size_limit >= 400g
     -200k.  If necessary -file_size_limit gets adjusted.
     Vice versa the command -file_size_limit activates iso_9660_level=3
     if it sets the limit to 4g or larger.
     "allow_dir_id_ext" allows ECMA-119 names of directories to have a
     name extension as with other file types.  It does not force dots
     and it omits the version number, though.  This is a bad tradition
     of mkisofs which violates ECMA-119.  Especially ISO level 1 only
     allows 8 characters in a directory name and not 8.3.
     "omit_version" does not add versions (";1") to ECMA-119 and Joliet
     file names.
     "only_iso_version" does not add versions (";1") to Joliet file
     names.
     "deep_paths" allows ECMA-119 file paths deeper than 8 levels.
     "long_paths" allows ECMA-119 file paths longer than 255 characters.

     "long_names" allows up to 37 characters with ECMA-119 file names.
     "no_force_dots" does not add a dot to ECMA-119 file names which
     have none.
     "no_j_force_dots" does not add a dot to Joliet file names which
     have none.
     "lowercase" allows lowercase characters in ECMA-119 file names.
     "7bit_ascii" allows nearly all 7-bit characters in ECMA-119 file
     names.  Not allowed are 0x0 and '/'.  If not "lowercase" is
     enabled, then lowercase letters get converted to uppercase.
     "full_ascii" allows all 8-bit characters except 0x0 and '/' in
     ECMA-119 file names.
     "untranslated_names" might be dangerous for inadverted reader
     programs which rely on the restriction to at most 37 characters in
     ECMA-119 file names.  This rule allows ECMA-119 file names up to 96
     characters with no character conversion.  If a file name has more
     characters, then image production will fail deliberately.
     "untranslated_name_len="number enables untranslated_names with a
     smaller limit for the length of file names.  0 disables this
     feature, -1 chooses maximum length limit, numbers larger than 0
     give the desired length limit.
     "joliet_long_names" allows Joliet leaf names up to 103 characters
     rather than 64.
     "joliet_long_paths" allows Joliet paths longer than 240 characters.

     "joliet_utf16" encodes Joliet names in UTF-16BE rather than UCS-2.
     The difference is with characters which are not present in UCS-2
     and get encoded in UTF-16 by 2 words of 16 bit each.  Both words
     then stem from a reserved subset of UCS-2.
     "relaxed_pvd_atts="mode controls whether to enforce the strict
     rules for the character sets which are permissible in text fields
     of the ISO 9660 Primary Volume Descriptor.  Default is mode "vol".
     The fields Volume Id and Volume Set Id are restricted by the specs
     to "d-characters", i.e.  the set [0-9A-Z_].  This restriction is
     lifted by the modes "vol" or "on", but not by "nonvol".
     The fields Copyright File, Abstract File, and Biblio File are
     restricted to [0-9A-Z_] ("d-characters") plus at most one '.'  and
     at most one ';' which must not come before the dot.
     The fields Publisher Id, Application Id, System Id, and Data
     Preparer Id are restricted to "a-characters", i.e.  the set
     [ !"%&'()*+,./0-9:;<=>?A-Z_-].  These restrictions are lifted by
     the modes "nonvol" or "on", but not by "vol".
     Mode "off" enforces the rules for both mentioned groups of fields.
     Enforcement with "off", "vol", or "nonvol" is done by mapping the
     letters [a-z] to [A-Z] and other disallowed characters to '_'.
     Note: The characters '[' and ']' are not part of the permitted sets
     but rather used here as set delimiters like with regular
     expressions.
     "always_gmt" stores timestamps in GMT representation with timezone
     0.
     "rrip_tf_long" forces use of the long form of RockRidge timestamps.
     This form is not understood by Linux kernels older than 6.16.
     "rrip_tf_short" is the default.  It enables use of the short form
     of RockRidge timestamps, which cannot express times after end of
     year 2155 but is understood by a wide range of operating systems.
     The short form is then used with all files or directories which
     have atime, ctime, and mtime before 01 Jan 2150 UTC. (The six years
     up to 2156 may serve as last opportunity to enhance readers after
     libisofs was changed to continue using the short form.)
     "rrip_tf_y1900" restricts Rock Ridge timestamps to at least Jan 1
     1900 UTC. This may be desirable because the Linux kernel up to at
     least version 6.16 misrepresents times before year 1900 as Jan 1
     1970 00:00:00 UTC.
     "rrip_tf_year0" is the default.  It enables writing of RockRidge
     timestamps before year 1900 AD down to year 0 (= 1 BC). Such
     timestimps will be written in long form.
     "rec_mtime" records with non-RockRidge directory entries the disk
     file's mtime and not the creation time of the image.  This applies
     to the ECMA-119 tree (plain ISO 9660), to the Joliet tree, and to
     the tree of an Enhanced Volume Descriptor (aka ISO 9660:1999) as of
     ECMA-119 4th Edition.  "rec_mtime" is default.  If disabled, it
     gets automatically re-enabled by -as mkisofs emulation when a
     pathspec is encountered.
     "new_rr" uses Rock Ridge version 1.12 (suitable for GNU/Linux but
     not for older FreeBSD or for Solaris).  This implies
     "aaip_susp_1_10_off" which may be changed by subsequent
     "aaip_susp_1_10".
     Default is "old_rr" which uses Rock Ridge version 1.10.  This
     implies also "aaip_susp_1_10" which may be changed by subsequent
     "aaip_susp_1_10_off".
     "aaip_susp_1_10" allows AAIP to be written as unofficial extension
     of RRIP rather than as official extension under SUSP-1.12.
     "no_emul_toc" saves 64 kB with the first session on overwritable
     media but makes the image incapable of displaying its session
     history.
     "iso_9660_1999" causes the production of an additional directory
     tree beginning at an Enhanced Volume Descriptor (aka ISO 9660:1999)
     as of ECMA-119 4th Edition.  It can record long filenames for
     readers which do not understand Rock Ridge.
     "old_empty" uses the old way of of giving block addresses in the
     range of [0,31] to files with no own data content.  The new way is
     to have a dedicated block to which all such files will point.
     "max_ce_entries="number sets the maximum number of SUSP CE entries
     and thus continuation areas.  Each continuation area can hold at
     most 2048 bytes of SUSP data (Rock Ridge or AAIP). The first area
     can be smaller.  There might be some waste at the end of each area.
     When the maximum number is exceeded during ISO filesystem
     production then either xattr and ACL get dropped from the affected
     file or an error gets reported and image production is prevented.
     Linux silently ignores a file when encountering its 32th CE entry.
     (Workaround is to mount the filesystem with option "norock".)  So
     the default setting is 31.  Minimum is 1, maximum is 100000.  If a
     limit higher than 31 is chosen and 31 gets surpassed, then a
     warning message gets reported.
     "max_ce_drop="mode sets the behavior when the limit of
     max_ce_entries= is surpassed.  Mode "off" causes an error message
     and prevents image production.  Mode "xattr" and "xattr_acl" report
     a warning, delete from the affected file all xattr of namespaces
     other than "isofs", and then try again.  If this still surpasses
     the limit, then mode "xattr_acl" deletes all ACL from the file and
     retries.  If this still surpasses the limit, then an error message
     gets reported and image production is prevented.
     Default setting is
     "clear:iso_9660_level=3:only_iso_version:deep_paths:long_paths:
     no_j_force_dots:relaxed_pvd_atts=vol:always_gmt:rec_mtime:
     old_rr:max_ce_entries=31:max_ce_drop=xattr_acl"
     Note: The term "ECMA-119 name" means the plain ISO 9660 names and
     attributes which get visible if the reader ignores Rock Ridge.
-rr_reloc_dir name
     Specify the name of the relocation directory in which deep
     directory subtrees shall be placed if -compliance is set to
     "deep_paths_off" or "long_paths_off".  A deep directory is one that
     has a chain of 8 parent directories (including root) above itself,
     or one that contains a file with an ECMA-119 path of more than 255
     characters.
     The overall directory tree will appear originally deep when
     interpreted as Rock Ridge tree.  It will appear as re-arranged if
     only ECMA-119 information is considered.
     The default relocation directory is the root directory.  By giving
     a non-empty name with -rr_reloc_dir, a directory in the root
     directory may get this role.  If that directory does not already
     exist at -commit time, then it will get created and marked for Rock
     Ridge as relocation artefact.  At least on GNU/Linux it will not be
     displayed in mounted Rock Ridge images.
     The name must not contain a '/' character and must not be longer
     than 255 bytes.
-volid_for fs_types text
     Specify the volume ID for one or more filesystem types.
     A xorriso made ISO 9660 image may offer four different filesystems
     for mounting: ISO 9660 aka ECMA-119 (normally with Rock Ridge),
     Joliet, ISO 9660:1999, and HFS+.  The parameter fs_types chooses
     the types for which the volume ID shall be set by the -volid_for
     command.  It is a comma separated list of keywords out of
     "ecma119", "joliet", "iso_9660_1999", "hfsplus".  Keyword "all"
     chooses all four types.  Example:
     -volid_for joliet "Joliet Volume Id"
     -volid_for ecma119,iso_9660_1999 "LONGER_ISO_VOLUME_ID"
     'xorriso' accepts any volume ID text up to 32 characters, but
     according to rarely obeyed specs stricter rules apply:
     ECMA-119 demands ASCII characters out of [A-Z0-9_].  Like:
     "IMAGE_23"
     xorriso warns if the submitted text does not comply.  If
     -compliance is set to relaxed_pvd_atts="off" or "nonvol", then the
     text is mapped to specs compliant characters.
     Joliet allows 16 UCS-2 characters.  Longer texts cause a warning
     and get truncated.
     ISO 9660:1999 allows arbitrary characters of the output character
     set.
     HFS+ allows UTF-16BE characters which have to be suitable for a
     file name.
     Be aware that the volume id might get used automatically as the
     name of the mount point when the medium is inserted into a playful
     computer system.
     If an ISO image gets loaded while the volume ID is set to default
     "ISOIMAGE" or to "", then the volume IDs of the loaded image will
     become the effective volume ids for the respective filesystem types
     for the next write run.  But as soon as commands -volid_for or
     -volid are performed afterwards, these pending IDs are overridden
     by the new settings.
     Consider this when setting volume ID "ISOIMAGE" before executing
     -dev, -indev, or -rollback.  If you insist in volume ID "ISOIMAGE",
     set it again after those commands.
-volid text
     Specify the volume ID for all filesystem types.  I.e.  perform
     -volid_for "all" with the given parameter text.
-volset_id text
     Set the volume set ID string to be written with the next -commit.
     Permissible are up to 128 d-characters (see -compliance rule
     "relaxed_pvd_atts=").  This setting gets overridden by image
     loading.
-publisher text
     Set the publisher ID string to be written with the next -commit.
     This may identify the person or organisation who specified what
     shall be recorded.  Permissible are up to 128 a-characters (see
     -compliance rule "relaxed_pvd_atts=").  This setting gets
     overridden by image loading.
-application_id text
     Set the application ID string to be written with the next -commit.
     This may identify the specification of how the data are recorded.
     Permissible are up to 128 a-characters (see -compliance rule
     "relaxed_pvd_atts=").  This setting gets overridden by image
     loading.
     The special text "@xorriso@" gets converted to the ID string of
     'xorriso' which is normally written as -preparer_id.  It is a wrong
     tradition to write the program ID as -application_id.
-system_id text
     Set the system ID string to be written with the next -commit.  This
     may identify the system which can recognize and act upon the
     content of the System Area in image blocks 0 to 15.  Permissible
     are up to 32 a-characters (see -compliance rule
     "relaxed_pvd_atts=").  This setting gets overridden by image
     loading.
-volume_date type timestring
     Set one of the four overall timestamps for subsequent image
     writing.  Available types are:
     "c" time when the volume was created.
     "m" time when volume was last modified.
     "x" time when the information in the volume expires.
     "f" time since when the volume is effectively valid.
     "all_file_dates" sets mtime, atime, and ctime of all files and
     directories to the given time.  If the timestring is
     "set_to_mtime", then the atime and ctime of each file and directory
     get set to the value found in their mtime.
     These actions stay delayed until actual ISO production begins.  Up
     to then they can be revoked by "all_file_dates" with empty
     timestring or timestring "default".
     The timestamps of the El Torito boot catalog file get refreshed
     when the ISO is produced.  They can be influenced by "uuid".
     "uuid" sets a timestring that overrides "c" and "m" times literally
     and sets the time of the El Torito boot catalog.  It must consist
     of 16 decimal digits which form YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc, with YYYY between
     0000 and 9999.  Time zone is GMT. It is supposed to match this GRUB
     line:
     search --fs-uuid --set YYYY-MM-DD-hh-mm-ss-cc
     E.g.  2010040711405800 is 7 Apr 2010 11:40:58 (+0 centiseconds).
     Timestrings for the other types may be given as with command
     -alter_date.  Some of them are prone to timezone computations.  The
     timestrings "default" or "overridden" cause default settings: "c"
     and "m" will show the current time of image creation.  "x" and "f"
     will be marked as insignificant.  "uuid" will be deactivated.
     At -commit time, some timestamps get set to the maximum value of
     effectively written volume creation and modification time: El
     Torito boot catalog, HFS+ superblock, ECMA-119 file modification
     time if -compliance "no_rec_mtime".  The isohybrid MBR id is
     computed from "uuid" if given, else from the effective volume
     modification date.
-copyright_file text
     Set the copyright file name to be written with the next -commit.
     This should be the ISO 9660 path of a file in the image which
     contains a copyright statement.  Permissible are up to 37
     d-characters plus '.'  and ';' (see -compliance rule
     "relaxed_pvd_atts=").  This setting gets overridden by image
     loading.
-abstract_file text
     Set the abstract file name to be written with the next -commit.
     This should be the ISO 9660 path of a file in the image which
     contains an abstract statement about the image content.
     Permissible are up to 37 d-characters plus '.'  and ';' (see
     -compliance rule "relaxed_pvd_atts=").  This setting gets
     overridden by image loading.
-biblio_file text
     Set the biblio file name to be written with the next -commit.  This
     should be the ISO 9660 path of a file in the image which contains
     bibliographic records.  Permissible are up to 37 d-characters plus
     '.'  and ';' (see -compliance rule "relaxed_pvd_atts=").  This
     setting gets overridden by image loading.
-preparer_id text
     Set the preparer ID string to be written with the next -commit.
     This may identify the person or other entity which controls the
     preparation of the data which shall be recorded.  Normally this
     should be the ID of 'xorriso' and not of the person or program
     which operates 'xorriso'.  Please avoid to change it.  Permissible
     are up to 128 a-characters (see -compliance rule
     "relaxed_pvd_atts=").
     The special text "@xorriso@" gets converted to the ID string of
     'xorriso' which is default at program startup.
     Unlike other ID strings, this setting is not influenced by image
     loading.
-application_use character|0xXY|disk_path
     Specify the content of the Application Use field which can take at
     most 512 bytes.
     If the parameter of this command is empty, then the field is filled
     with 512 0-bytes.  If it is a single character, then it gets
     repeated 512 times.  If it begins by "0x" followed by two hex
     digits [0-9a-fA-F], then the digits are read as byte value which
     gets repeated 512 times.
     Any other parameter text is used as disk_path to open a data file
     and to read up to 512 bytes from it.  If the file is smaller than
     512 bytes, then the remaining bytes in the field get set to binary
     0.
     This setting is not influenced by image loading.
-out_charset character_set_name
     Set the character set to which file names get converted when
     writing an image.  See paragraph "Character sets" for more
     explanations.  When loading the written image after -commit the
     setting of -out_charset will be copied to -in_charset.
-uid uid
     User id to be used for all files when the new ISO tree gets written
     to media.
-gid gid
     Group id to be used for all files when the new ISO tree gets
     written to media.
-zisofs parameter[:parameters]
     Set global parameters for zisofs compression.  This data format is
     recognized and transparently uncompressed by some Linux kernels.
     It is to be applied via command -set_filter with built-in filter
     "--zisofs".
     Note: This command is only permitted while no -zisofs filters are
     applied to any files.
     Parameters are:
     "level="[0-9] zlib compression: 0=none, 1=fast,..., 9=slow
     "block_size="32k|64k|128k sets the size of version 1 compression
     blocks.
     "by_magic=on" enables an expensive test at image generation time
     which checks files from disk whether they already are zisofs
     compressed, e.g.  by program mkzftree.  "by_magic=v2" enables
     processing of already zisofs2 compressed files additionally to
     those of zisofs version 1.  "by_magic=off" disables both.
     "version_2="off|as_needed|on controls compression by experimental
     version zisofs2 which can encode files of size 4 GiB or larger.
     The Linux kernel (as of 5.9) does not yet know this format and will
     complain like
     isofs: Unknown ZF compression algorithm: PZ
     The files will then appear in their compressed form with zisofs2
     header, block pointer list, and compressed data.
     zisofs2 is recognized by xorriso in files from loaded images and
     gets equipped with -zisofs-decode filters, unless restrictions on
     the number of block pointers prevent this.
     Mode "off" restricts compression to files smaller than 4 GiB
     uncompressed size.  Mode "as_needed" uses zisofs2 for larger files.
     Mode "on" uses zisofs2 for all zisofs compressed files.
     "susp_z2="off|on controls production of SUSP entries "Z2" instead
     of "ZF" with zisofs2 compressed files.  Unaware Linux kernels are
     supposed to silently ignore "Z2" entries.
     "block_size_v2="32k|64k|128k|256k|512k|1m sets the size of
     compression blocks for zisofs2.
     "bpt_target="-1|>0 sets a number of block pointers per file, which
     is considered low enough to justify a reduction of block size.  If
     this number is larger than 0, then block sizes smaller than the
     settings of block_size= or block_size_v2= are tried whether they
     yield not more block pointers than the given number.  If so, the
     smallest suitable block size is applied.
     The inavoidable final block pointer counts.  E.g.  a file of 55 KiB
     has 3 block pointers if block size is 32k, and 2 block pointers
     with block size 64k.
     bpt_target=-1 disables this automatic block size adjustment.
     "max_bpt="1k...128g sets the limit for the overall allocated block
     pointer memory.  Block pointers occupy virtual memory while a file
     gets uncompressed and while a file, which shall be compressed,
     waits for ISO filesystem creation.
     One pointer occupies 8 bytes of memory and governs block_size or
     block_size_v2 uncompressed bytes.  I.e.  with block size 128k, 1m
     of block pointer memory suffices for at most 16g of uncompressed
     file size.  Each file consumes one end block pointer, independently
     of the file size.  Partially filled end blocks may further reduce
     the effective payload.
     In case of overflow of the max_bpt limit while adding compression
     filters the program tries to go on by discarding all buffered block
     pointers of previously added -zisofs filters.  From then on all
     newly added filters will discard their block pointers immediately
     after being added.  Discarded block pointers cause an additional
     read and compression run of the input file during the production of
     the ISO filesystem.
     "max_bpt_f="1k...128g sets the limit for the memory size of the
     block pointer list of a single file.  max_bpt_f is never larger
     than max_bpt.  If either is set to violate this rule, the other
     gets set to the same value.  If both values are the same before a
     change by max_bpt= or max_bpt_f=, then both limits stick together
     unless the limit is decreased by max_bpt_f=.
     "bpt_free_ratio="-1|0.0...1.0 sets a threshold for switching to
     block pointer discarding during compression.  If less than the
     given fraction of the max_bpt_f= memory is free, then block
     pointers of compression filters get discarded immediately after
     being added.  Value -1 disables this feature.
     "default" is the same as "level=6:block_size=32k:by_magic=off:
     version_2=off:block_size_v2=128k:susp_z2=off:max_bpt=256m:max_bpt_f=256m:
     bpt_free_ratio=-1".
-speed code|number[k|m|c|d|b]
     Set the burn speed.  Default is "max" (or "0") = maximum speed as
     announced by the drive.  Further special speed codes are:
     "min" (or "-1") selects minimum speed as announced by the drive.
     "none" avoids to send a speed setting command to the drive before
     burning begins.
     Speed can be given in media dependent numbers or as a desired
     throughput per second in MMC compliant kB (= 1000) or MB (= 1000
     kB). Media x-speed factor can be set explicitly by "c" for CD, "d"
     for DVD, "b" for BD, "x" is optional.
     Example speeds:
     706k = 706kB/s = 4c = 4xCD
     5540k = 5540kB/s = 4d = 4xDVD
     8992k = 8992kB/s ~= 2b = 2xBD
     If there is no hint about the speed unit attached, then the medium
     in the -outdev will decide.  Default unit is CD = 176.4k.
     MMC drives usually activate their own idea of speed and take the
     speed value given by the burn program only as upper limit for their
     own decision.
-stream_recording "on"|"off"|"full"|"data"|number
     Setting "on" tries to circumvent the management of defects on
     DVD-RAM, BD-RE, or BD-R. Defect management keeps partly damaged
     media usable.  But it reduces write speed to half nominal speed
     even if the medium is in perfect shape.  For the case of flawless
     media, one may use -stream_recording "on" to get full speed.
     "full" tries full speed with all write operations, whereas "on"
     does this only above byte address 32s.  One may give a number of at
     least 16s in order to set an own address limit.
     "data" causes full speed to start when superblock and directory
     entries are written and writing of file content blocks begins.
-dvd_obs "default"|"32k"|"64k"|"obs_pad"|"bdr_obs_exempt"
     GNU/Linux specific: Set the number of bytes to be transmitted with
     each write operation to DVD or BD media.  A number of 64 KB may
     improve throughput with bus systems which show latency problems.
     The default depends on media type, on command -stream_recording ,
     and on compile time options.
     On all systems: "obs_pad" pads the data of the last write operation
     of a DVD-R[W] DAO session or BD-R session up to the full size of an
     output chunk.  This padding has to be applied automatically to the
     other DVD and BD media types, where it causes e.g.  ISO images to
     have trailing unclaimed blocks.  Whether it is applied
     automatically to BD-R depends on "bdr_obs_exempt".  "obs_pad" can
     be disabled by "no_obs_pad".
     "bdr_obs_exempt" exempts BD-R media from automatic unconditional
     transaction end padding, provided that this padding is not
     requested by "obs_pad" and that no stream_recording is requested.
     "bdr_obs_exempt" can be disabled by "no_obs_exempt".
     This is a new feature introduced with version 1.5.6.  It might
     become default in later versions.
-modesty_on_drive parameter[:parameters]
     Control whether the drive buffer shall be kept from getting
     completely filled.  Parameter "on" (or "1") keeps the program from
     trying to write to the burner drive while its buffer is in danger
     to be filled over a given limit.  If this limit is exceeded then
     the program will wait until the filling reaches a given low
     percentage value.
     This can ease the load on operating system and drive controller and
     thus help with achieving better input bandwidth if disk and burner
     are not on independent controllers (like hda and hdb).  It may also
     help with throughput problems of simultaneous burns on different
     burners with Linux kernels like 3.16, if one has reason not to fix
     the problem by -scsi_dev_family "sg".  On the other hand it
     increases the risk of buffer underflow and thus reduced write
     speed.
     Some burners are not suitable because they report buffer fill with
     granularity too coarse in size or time, or expect their buffer to
     be filled to the top before they go to full speed.
     Parameters "off" or "0" disable this feature.
     The threshold for beginning to wait is given by parameter
     "max_percent=".  Parameter "min_percent=" defines the threshold for
     resuming transmission.  Percentages are permissible in the range of
     25 to 100.  Numbers in this range without a prepended name are
     interpreted as "on:min_percent=".
     E.g.: -modesty_on_drive 75
     The optimal values depend on the buffer behavior of the drive.
     Parameter "timeout_sec=" defines after which time of unsuccessful
     waiting the modesty shall be disabled because it does not work.
     Parameter "min_usec=" defines the initial sleeping period in
     microseconds.  If the drive buffer appears to be too full for
     sending more data, the program will wait the given time and inquire
     the buffer fill state again.  If repeated inquiry shows not enough
     free space, the sleep time will slowly be increased to what
     parameter "max_usec=" defines.
     Parameters, which are not mentioned with a -modesty_on_drive
     command, stay unchanged.  Default is:
     -modesty_on_drive off:min_percent=90:max_percent=95:
     timeout_sec=120:min_usec=5000:max_usec=25000
-use_immed_bit "on"|"off"|"default"
     Control whether several long lasting SCSI commands shall be
     executed with the Immed bit, which makes the commands end early
     while the drive operation is still going on.  xorriso then inquires
     progress indication until the drive reports to be ready again.  If
     this feature is turned off, then blanking and formatting will show
     no progress indication.
     It may depend on the operating system whether -use_immed_bit is set
     to "off" by default.  Command -status will tell by appending "/on"
     or "/off" if a drive has already been acquired and -use_immed_bit
     is currently set to "default".  Command -use_immed_bit tolerates
     and ignores such appended text.
-stdio_sync "on"|"off"|"end"|number
     Set the number of bytes after which to force output to stdio:
     pseudo drives.  This forcing keeps the memory from being clogged
     with lots of pending data for slow devices.  Default "on" is the
     same as "16m".  Forced output can be disabled by "off", or be
     delayed by "end" until all data are produced.  If a number is
     chosen, then it must be at least 64k.
-dummy "on"|"off"
     If "on" then simulate burning or refuse with FAILURE event if no
     simulation is possible, do neither blank nor format.
-fs number["k"|"m"]
     Set the size of the fifo buffer which smoothens the data stream
     from ISO image generation to media burning.  Default is 4 MiB,
     minimum 64 kiB, maximum 1 GiB. The number may be followed by letter
     "k" or "m" which means unit is kiB (= 1024) or MiB (= 1024 kiB).
-close "on"|"off"|"as_needed"
     If -close is set to "on" then mark the written medium as not
     appendable any more.  This will have no effect on overwritable
     media types.  Setting "on" is the contrary of cdrecord option
     -multi, and is one aspect of growisofs option -dvd-compat.
     If set to "off" then keep the medium writable for an appended
     session.
     If set to "as_needed" then use "on" only if "off" is predicted to
     fail with the given medium and its state.
     Not all drives correctly recognize fast-blanked DVD-RW which need
     "on".  If there is well founded suspicion that a burn run failed
     due to -close "off", then -close "as_needed" causes a re-try with
     "on".
     Note that emulation command -as "cdrecord" temporarily overrides
     the current setting of -close by its own default -close "on" if its
     option -multi is missing.
-write_type "auto"|"tao"|"sao/dao"
     Set the write type for the next burn run.  "auto" will select SAO
     with blank CD media, DAO with blank DVD-R[W] if -close is "on", and
     elsewise CD TAO or the equivalent write type of the particular
     DVD/BD media.  Choosing TAO or SAO/DAO explicitly might cause the
     burn run to fail if the desired write type is not possible with the
     given media state.
-padding number["k"|"m"]|"included"|"appended"
     Append the given number of extra bytes to the image stream.  This
     is a traditional remedy for a traditional bug in block device read
     drivers.  Needed only for CD recordings in TAO mode.  Since one can
     hardly predict on what media an image might end up, 'xorriso' adds
     the traditional 300k of padding by default to all images.
     For images which will never get to a CD it is safe to use -padding
     0 .
     Normally padding is not written as part of the ISO image but
     appended after the image end.  This is -padding mode "appended".
     Emulation command -as "mkisofs" and command -jigdo cause padding to
     be written as part of the image.  The same effect is achieved by
     -padding mode "included".
-perform_opc "on"|"off"|"as_growisofs"
     Control whether to explicitly order the drive to perform Optimum
     Power Calibration (OPC) before writing begins.  Many drives do
     their own power calibration even without such order.
     Mode "off" leaves OPC to the discretion of the drive.  This is the
     default.
     Mode "on" orders the drive to do OPC on any medium.
     Mode "as_growisofs" orders the drive to do OPC only with DVD-R and
     unformatted DVD-RW and only if the drive offers no OPC table
     entries.  This is what growisofs does by default.
     Modes "on" and "as_growisofs" may or may not be beneficial.  Use
     them only if you suspect burn failures have happened because of
     poor compatibility between drive and medium.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Bootable,  Next: Jigdo,  Prev: SetWrite,  Up: Commands

9.11 Bootable ISO images
========================

Contrary to published specifications many BIOSes will load an El Torito
record from the first session on media and not from the last one, which
gets mounted by default.  This makes no problems with overwritable
media, because they appear to inadverted readers as one single session.
But with multi-session media CD-R[W], DVD-R[W], DVD+R, it implies that
the whole bootable system has to reside already in the first session and
that the last session still has to bear all files which the booted
system expects after mounting the ISO image.
If a boot image from ISOLINUX or GRUB is known to be present on media
then it is advised to patch it when a follow-up session gets written.
But one should not rely on the capability to influence the bootability
of the existing sessions, unless one can assume overwritable media.
Normally the boot images are data files inside the ISO filesystem.  By
special path "-interval:appended_partition_NNN:all::" it is possible to
refer to an appended partition.  The number NNN gives the partition
number as used with the corresponding command -append_partition.  E.g.:
-append_partition 2 0xef /tmp/efi.img
-boot_image any efi_path=-interval:appended_partition_2:all::
There are booting mechanisms which do not use an El Torito record but
rather start at the first bytes of the image: PC-BIOS MBR or EFI GPT for
hard-disk-like devices, APM partition entries for Macs which expect HFS+
boot images, MIPS Volume Header for old SGI computers, DEC Boot Block
for old MIPS DECstation, SUN Disk Label for SPARC machines, HP-PA boot
sector for HP PA-RISC machines, DEC Alpha SRM boot sector for old DEC
Alpha machines.

   Several of the following commands expect disk paths as input but also
accept description strings for the libisofs interval reader, which is
able to cut out data from disk files or -indev and to zeroize parts of
the content: command -append_partition, boot specs system_area=,
grub2_mbr=, prep_boot_part=, efi_boot_part=.
The description string consists of the following components, separated
by colon ':'
"--interval:"Flags":"Interval":"Zeroizers":"Source
The component "--interval" states that this is not a plain disk path but
rather an interval reader description string.
The component Flags modifies the further interpretation:
"local_fs" demands to read from a file depicted by the path in Source.
"imported_iso" demands to read from the -indev.  This works only if
-outdev is not the same as -indev.  The Source component is ignored.
"appended_partition_NNN" with a decimal number NNN works only for
-boot_image bootspecs which announce El Torito boot image paths:
bin_path=, efi_path=.  The number gives the partition number as used
with the corresponding command -append_partition.
The component Interval consists of two byte address numbers separated by
a "-" character.  E.g.  "0-429" means to read bytes 0 to 429.
The component Zeroizers consists of zero or more comma separated
strings.  They define which part of the read data to zeroize.  Byte
number 0 means the byte read from the Interval start address.  Each
string may be one of:
"zero_mbrpt" demands to zeroize the MBR partition table if bytes 510 and
511 bear the MBR signature 0x55 0xaa.
"zero_gpt" demands to check for a GPT header in bytes 512 to 1023, to
zeroize it and its partition table blocks.
"zero_apm" demands to check for an APM block 0 and to zeroize its
partition table blocks.
Start_byte"-"End_byte demands to zeroize the read-in bytes beginning
with number Start_byte and ending after End_byte.
The component Source is the file path with flag "local_fs", and ignored
with flag "imported_iso".
Byte numbers may be scaled by a suffix out of {k,m,g,t,s,d} meaning
multiplication by {1024, 1024k, 1024m, 1024g, 2048, 512}.  A scaled
value end number depicts the last byte of the scaled range.
E.g.  "0d-0d" is "0-511".
Examples:
"local_fs:0-32767:zero_mbrpt,zero_gpt,440-443:/tmp/template.iso"
"imported_iso:45056d-47103d::"

-boot_image "any"|"isolinux"|"grub"

     "discard"|"keep"|"patch"|"replay"|"show_status"| bootspec|"next"

     Define the equipment of the emerging filesystem with boot entry
     points.
     With systems which boot via BIOS or EFI this is a set of El Torito
     boot images, possibly MBR boot code, and possibly partition tables
     of type MBR, GPT, or APM. Such file sets get produced by boot
     loader systems like ISOLINUX or GRUB.

     Each -boot_image command has two parameters: type and setting.
     More than one -boot_image command may be used to define the
     handling of one or more boot images.  Sequence matters.
     Types *isolinux* and *grub* care for known peculiarities.  Type
     *any* makes no assumptions about the origin of the boot images.

     When loading an ISO filesystem, system area and El Torito boot
     images get loaded, too.  The default behavior is not to write
     loaded El Torito boot images and to write the loaded system area
     content without alterations.
     *discard* gives up the El Torito boot catalog and its boot images.
     regardless whether loaded from an ISO filesystem or defined by
     commands.  Any BIOS or EFI related boot options get revoked.
     Nevertheless, loaded system area data and the possibly defined
     appended partitions stay valid.  If desired, they have to be erased
     by
     -boot_image any system_area=/dev/zero
     -append_partition all revoke -
     *keep* keeps or copies El Torito boot images unaltered and writes a
     new catalog.
     *patch* applies patching to existing El Torito boot images if they
     seem to bear a boot info table.
     A boot info table needs to be patched when the boot image gets
     newly introduced into the ISO image or if an existing image gets
     relocated.  This is automatically done if type "isolinux" or "grub"
     is given, but not with "any".
     If patching is enabled, then boot images from previous sessions
     will be checked whether they seem to bear a boot info table.  If
     not, then they stay unpatched.  This check is not infallible.  So
     if you do know that the images need no patching, use "any" "keep".
     "grub" "patch" will not patch EFI images (platform_id=0xef).
     *replay* is a more modern version of "patch", which not only cares
     for existing El Torito boot equipment but also for the recognizable
     boot provisions in the System Area.  It discards any existing
     -boot_image setting including the system area and executes the
     commands proposed by command -report_el_torito "cmd".
     Special care has to be taken with manipulations of files in the
     emerging ISO filesystem which are mentioned by -report_el_torito
     "cmd".  Their paths are memorized at ISO image load time.  In
     general -boot_image "any" "replay" should be applied after all file
     manipulations are done.  All file paths from the -report_el_torito
     commands must then still lead to data files which are suitable for
     their respective commands.
     The effects of file path changes after -boot_image "any" "replay"
     can be surprising.  E.g.  removing or replacing a boot image with
     boot info table for legacy BIOS leads to a hidden boot image with
     the content as it was at "replay" time.  Doing the same with a boot
     image for EFI leads to an error at -commit time or to the new file
     content becomming the EFI boot image.
     Out of historical reasons *replay* does not revoke all possibly
     made -append_partition settings but only overwrites those for which
     the loaded ISO image provides candidates.
     *show_status* will print what is known about the loaded boot images
     and their designated fate.
     Examples:
     Drop El Torito:
     -boot_image any discard
     Drop El Torito, system area, appended partitions:
     -boot_image any discard
     -boot_image any system_area=/dev/zero
     -append_partition all revoke -
     Maintain recognizable stuff after revoking possibly made
     -append_partition settings to surely get only the partitions from
     the loaded ISO:
     -append_partition all revoke -
     -boot_image any replay
     Re-adjust El Torito only for GRUB:
     -boot_image grub patch
     Re-adjust El Torito only for ISOLINUX:
     -boot_image isolinux patch

     A *bootspec* is a word of the form name=value.  It is used to
     describe the parameters of a boot feature.  The names "dir",
     "bin_path", "efi_path" lead to El Torito bootable images.  Name
     "system_area" activates a given file as MBR or other disk header.
     On all media types this is possible within the first session.  In
     further sessions an existing boot image can get replaced by a new
     one, but depending on the media type this may have few effect at
     boot time.  See above.
     El Torito boot images have to be added to the ISO image by normal
     means (image loading, -map, -add, ...).  In case of ISOLINUX the
     files should reside either in ISO image directory /isolinux or in
     /boot/isolinux .  In that case it suffices to use as bootspec the
     text "*dir=/isolinux*" or "dir=/boot/isolinux".  E.g.:
     -boot_image isolinux dir=/boot/isolinux
     which bundles these individual settings:
     -boot_image isolinux bin_path=/boot/isolinux/isolinux.bin
     -boot_image isolinux cat_path=/boot/isolinux/boot.cat
     -boot_image isolinux load_size=2048
     -boot_image any boot_info_table=on
     An El Torito boot catalog file gets inserted into the ISO image
     with address *cat_path=* with the first -boot_image "any" "next" or
     at -commit time.  It is subject to normal -overwrite and -reassure
     processing if there is already a file with the same name.  The
     catalog lists the boot images and is read by the boot facility to
     choose one of the boot images.  But it is not necessary that it
     appears in the directory tree at all.  One may hide it in all trees
     by *cat_hidden=on*.  Other possible values are "iso_rr", "joliet",
     "hfsplus", and the default "off".  The timestamps of the boot
     catalog file are refreshed at commit time.  Command -volume_date
     "uuid" can be used to set their value.
     *bin_path=* depicts an El Torito boot image file, a binary program
     which is to be started by the hardware boot facility (e.g.  the
     BIOS) at boot time.  Default platform_id is 0x00 = legacy 80x86
     BIOS.
     *efi_path=* depicts an El Torito boot image file that is ready for
     EFI booting.  This is normally a FAT filesystem image not larger
     than 65535 blocks of 512 bytes (= 32 MiB - 512).  Its load_size is
     determined automatically, no boot info table gets written, no boot
     medium gets emulated, platform_id is 0xef.
     *emul_type=* can be one of "no_emulation", "hard_disk", "diskette".
     It controls the boot medium emulation code of a boot image.  The
     default "no_emulation" is suitable for ISOLINUX, GRUB, FreeBSD
     cdboot.
     *load_size=* is a value which depends on the boot image.  Default
     for legacy BIOS is 2048 which matches the expectations of most BIOS
     boot images.  The special value "full" means the full size of the
     boot image file rounded up to a multiple of 2048 bytes.  Maximum is
     33,552,384 bytes.  With EFI boot images the load size is always the
     full image size.  Images which exceed the maximum size get size 0
     or 1, which means "up to the end of the device" according to the
     UEFI specification.
     *boot_info_table=on* causes address patching to bytes 8 to 63 of
     the boot image which is given by "any" "bin_path=".
     "boot_info_table=off" disables this patching.
     *grub2_boot_info=on* causes address patching to byte 2548 of the
     boot image which is given by "any" "bin_path=".  The address is
     written as 64 bit little-endian number.  It is the 2KB block
     address of the boot image content, multiplied by 4, and then
     incremented by 5.  "grub2_boot_info=off" disables this patching.
     *platform_id=* defines by a hexadecimal or decimal number the
     Platform ID of the boot image.  "0x00" is 80x86 PC-BIOS, "0x01" is
     PowerPC, "0x02" is Mac, "0xef" is EFI (decimal "239").
     *id_string=*text|56_hexdigits defines the ID string of the boot
     catalog section where the boot image will be listed.  If the value
     consists of 56 characters [0-9A-Fa-f] then it is converted into 28
     bytes, else the first 28 characters become the ID string.  The ID
     string of the first boot image becomes the overall catalog ID. It
     is limited to 24 characters.  Other id_strings become section IDs.
     *sel_crit=*hexdigits defines the Selection Criteria of the boot
     image.  Up to 20 bytes get read from the given characters
     [0-9A-Fa-f].  They get attributed to the boot image entry in the
     catalog.
     *next* ends the definition of a boot image and starts a new one.
     Any following -bootimage bootspecs will affect the new image.  The
     first "next" discards loaded boot images and their catalog.
     *system_area=*disk_path copies at most 32768 bytes from the given
     disk file to the very start of the ISO image.  This System Area is
     reserved for system dependent boot software, e.g.  an MBR which can
     be used to boot from USB stick or hard disk.
     Other than an El Torito boot image, the file disk_path needs not to
     be added to the ISO image.
     In multi-session situations the existing System Area is preserved
     by default.  In in this case, the special disk_path "."  prevents
     reading of a disk file but nevertheless causes adjustments in the
     loaded system area data.  Such adjustments may get ordered by
     -boot_image commands.
     Special "system_area=/dev/zero" causes 32k of 0-bytes.  Use this to
     e.g.  discard partition tables which were loaded with the ISO
     image.
     This setting is the default with the write method of Modifying,
     when -indev and -outdev are both used and not the same drive.  If
     you indeed need to copy the unchanged system area from -indev to
     -outdev, use "system_area=-interval:imported_iso:0s-15s::" , which
     was the default in older versions of xorriso.
     *-boot_image isolinux system_area=* implies "partition_table=on".
     In this case, the disk path should lead to one of the SYSLINUX
     files isohdp[fp]x*.bin or to a file which was derived from one of
     those files.  E.g.  to the first 512 bytes from an ISOLINUX
     isohybrid ISO image.
     El Torito boot images (dir=, bin_path=, efi_path=) may then be
     augmented by *isolinux partition_entry=gpt_basdat* or *isolinux
     partition_entry=gpt_hfsplus*, and by *isolinux
     partition_entry=apm_hfsplus*.  The boot image will then be
     mentioned in an invalid GPT as Basic Data or GPT HFS+ partition,
     and in a valid APM as HFS+ partition.  The first three GPT
     partitions will also be marked by MBR partitions.  The MBR
     partition of type 0xEF is what actually is used by EFI firmware for
     booting from USB stick.
     *-boot_image any gpt_disk_guid=*value controls whether an emerging
     GPT shall get a randomly generated disk GUID or whether the GUID is
     supplied by the user.  Value "random" is default.  Value
     "volume_date_uuid" produces a low quality GUID from the value set
     by -volume_date "uuid".
     A string of 32 hex digits, or a RFC 4122 compliant GUID string may
     be used to set the disk GUID directly.  UEFI prescribes the first
     three components of a RFC 4122 GUID string to be byte-swapped in
     the binary representation:
     E.g.  gpt_disk_guid=2303cd2a-73c7-424a-a298-25632da7f446 equals
     gpt_disk_guid=2acd0323c7734a42a29825632da7f446
     The partition GUIDs get generated by minimally varying the disk
     GUID.
     *-boot_image any part_like_isohybrid=on* enables -boot_image
     isolinux partition_entry= even if no -boot_image isolinux
     system_area= is given.  No MBR partition of type 0xee emerges, even
     if GPT gets produced.  Gaps between GPT and APM partitions will not
     be filled by more partitions.  Appended partitions get mentioned in
     APM if other APM partitions emerge.
     *-boot_image any iso_mbr_part_type=*number sets the partition type
     of the MBR partition which represents the ISO or at least protects
     it.
     Number may be 0x00 to 0xff.  The text "default" re-enables the
     default types of the various occasions to create an ISO MBR
     partition.  This is without effect if no such partition emerges by
     other settings or if the partition type is prescribed mandatorily
     like 0xee for GPT protective MBR or 0x96 for CHRP.
     If instead a type_guid is given by a 32-digit hex string like
     a2a0d0ebe5b9334487c068b6b72699c7 or by a structured text like
     EBD0A0A2-B9E5-4433-87C0-68B6B72699C7, then it will be used as
     partition type if the ISO filesystem appears as partition in GPT.
     In MBR, C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B will be mapped to
     0xef.  Any other GUID will be mapped to 0x83.
     *grub2_mbr=*disk_path works like "any" system_area= with additional
     patching for modern GRUB MBRs.  The content start address of the
     first boot image is converted to a count of 512 byte blocks, and an
     offset of 4 is added.  The result is written as 64 bit
     little-endian number to byte address 0x1b0.
     This feature can be revoked either by grub2_mbr= with empty disk
     path, or by submitting a disk_path via system_area=.
     *partition_table=on* causes a simple partition table to be written
     into bytes 446 to 511 of the System Area.
     With type "isolinux" it shows a partition that begins at byte 0 and
     it causes the LBA of the first boot image to be written into the
     MBR. For the first session this works only if also "system_area="
     and "bin_path=" or "dir=" is given.
     With types "any" and "grub" it shows a single partition which
     starts at byte 512 and ends where the ISO image ends.  This works
     with or without system_area= or boot image.
     Bootspecs chrp_boot_part=, prep_boot_part=, and efi_boot_part=
     overwrite this entry in the MBR partition table.
     If types "isolinux" or "grub" are set to "patch", then
     "partition_table=on" is activated without new boot image.  In this
     case the existing System Area gets checked whether it bears
     addresses and sizes as if it had been processed by
     "partition_table=on".  If so, then those parameters get updated
     when the new System Area is written.
     *appended_part_as=gpt* marks partitions from -append_partition in
     GPT rather than in MBR. In this case the MBR shows a single
     partition of type 0xee which covers the whole output data.  The
     number of appendable partitions with GPT is 8 rather than 4 with
     MBR.
     *appended_part_as=mbr* is the default.  Appended partitions get
     marked in GPT only if GPT is produced because of other settings.
     If given explicitly, this clears setting "gpt" and "apm".
     Nevertheless "apm" may be added to "mbr".
     *appended_part_as=apm* marks partitions from -append_partition in
     APM additionally to "mbr" or "gpt".  The partition number in APM
     will not be influenced by -append_partition parameter
     partition_number.
     By default, appended partitions get marked in APM only if APM is
     produced because of other options together with
     part_like_isohybrid="on".
     The next two settings apply only if partitions get appended by
     command -append_partition and if GPT emerges at all, e.g.  by
     appended_part_as=gpt.
     *appended_gpt_with_gaps=on* increases the chance to get in GPT the
     partition numbers given with command -append_partition.  It may
     leave some parts of the resulting image unclaimed by partitions in
     the emerging GPT. The ISO 9660 filesystem gets marked by a GPT
     partition only if none of the appended partitions has partition
     number 1, and if no other command causes a partition inside the
     emerging ISO 9660 filesystem, and if partition_offset=16.
     *appended_gpt_with_gaps=off* causes the default behavior of
     inserting gap filling partitions so that no part of the emerging
     image after block 16 is unclaimed by GPT partitions.  This happens
     only if partitions get appended and a valid GPT emerges, e.g.  by
     appended_part_as=gpt.  Commands which produce isohybrid-style
     invalid GPT disable gap filling.
     *chrp_boot_part=on* causes a single partition in MBR which covers
     the whole ISO image and has type 0x96.  This is not compatible with
     any other feature that produces MBR partition entries.  It makes
     GPT unrecognizable.
     *prep_boot_part=*disk_path inserts the content of a data file into
     the image and marks it by an MBR partition of type 0x41.  The parts
     of the ISO image before and after this partition will be covered by
     further MBR partitions.  The data file is supposed to contain ELF
     executable code.
     *efi_boot_part=*disk_path inserts the content of a data file into
     the image and marks it by a GPT partition.  If not
     chrp_boot_part=on, then the first partition in MBR will have type
     0xee to announce the presence of GPT. The data file is supposed to
     contain a FAT filesystem.
     Instead of a disk_path, the word --efi-boot-image may be given.  It
     exposes in GPT the content of the first El Torito EFI boot image as
     EFI system partition.  EFI boot images are introduced by bootspec
     efi_path=.  The affected EFI boot image cannot show up in HFS+
     because it is stored outside the HFS+ partition.
     *partition_offset=*2kb_block_adr causes a partition table with a
     single partition that begins at the given block address.  This is
     counted in 2048 byte blocks, not in 512 byte blocks.  If the block
     address is non-zero then it must be at least 16.  A non-zero
     partition offset causes two superblocks to be generated and two
     sets of directory trees.  The image is then mountable from its
     absolute start as well as from the partition start.
     The offset value of an ISO image gets preserved when a new session
     is added.  So the value defined here is only in effect if a new ISO
     image gets written.
     *partition_hd_cyl=*number gives the number of heads per cylinder
     for the partition table.  0 chooses a default value.  Maximum is
     255.
     *partition_sec_hd=*number gives the number of sectors per head for
     the partition table.  0 chooses a default value.  Maximum is 63.
     The product partition_sec_hd * partition_hd_cyl * 512 is the
     cylinder size.  It should be divisible by 2048 in order to make
     exact alignment possible.  With appended partitions and
     "appended_part_as=gpt" there is no limit for the number of
     cylinders.  Else there may be at most 1024 of them.  If the
     cylinder size is too small to stay below the limit, then
     appropriate values of partition_hd_cyl are chosen with
     partition_sec_hd 32 or 63.  If the image is larger than
     8,422,686,720 bytes, then the cylinder size constraints cannot be
     fulfilled for MBR.
     *partition_cyl_align=*mode controls image size alignment to an
     integer number of cylinders.  It is prescribed by isohybrid specs
     and it seems to please program fdisk.  Cylinder size must be
     divisible by 2048.  Images larger than 8,323,596,288 bytes cannot
     be aligned in MBR partition table.
     Mode "auto" is default.  Alignment by padding happens only with
     "isolinux" "partition_table=on".
     Mode "on" causes alignment by padding with "partition_table=on" for
     any type.  Mode "all" is like "on" but also pads up partitions from
     -append_partition to an aligned size.
     Mode "off" disables alignment for any type.
     *mbr_force_bootable=*mode enforces an MBR partition with
     "bootable/active" flag if options like partition_table= or
     grub2_mbr= indicate production of a bootable MBR. These options
     normally cause the flag to be set if there is an MBR partition of
     type other than 0xee or 0xef.  If no such partition exists, then no
     bootflag is set, unless mbr_force_bootable="on" forces creation of
     a dummy partition of type 0x00 which covers only the first block of
     the ISO image.
     If no bootable MBR is indicated and a partition gets created by
     -append_partition, then mbr_force_bootable="on" causes a bootflag
     like it would do with a bootable MBR.
     *gpt_iso_bootable=*on causes bit 2 of the GPT partition flags to be
     set for the ISO 9660 partition if such a GPT partition emerges.
     This bit is specified as "Legacy BIOS bootable" but its true
     significance is unclear.  Some GPT-aware BIOS might want to see it
     in some partition.  Mode "off" revokes this setting.
     *gpt_iso_not_ro=*on causes bit 60 of the GPT partition flags to be
     not set for the ISO 9660 partition if such a GPT partition emerges.
     This bit is specified as "Read-only" and thus appropriate.  But it
     is unusual in GPT disk partitions.  Mode "off" revokes this setting
     and causes the read-only bit to be set.
     *mips_path=*iso_rr_path declares a data file in the image to be a
     MIPS Big Endian boot file and causes production of a MIPS Big
     Endian Volume Header.  This is mutually exclusive with production
     of other boot blocks like MBR. It will overwrite the first 512
     bytes of any data provided by system_area=.  Up to 15 boot files
     can be declared by mips_path=.
     *mipsel_path=*iso_rr_path declares a data file in the image to be
     the MIPS Little Endian boot file.  This is mutually exclusive with
     other boot blocks.  It will overwrite the first 512 bytes of any
     data provided by system_area=.  Only a single boot file can be
     declared by mipsel_path=.
     *sparc_label=*text causes the production of a SUN Disk Label with
     the given text as ASCII label.  Partitions 2 to 8 may be occupied
     by appended images.  Partition 1 will always be the ISO image.  See
     command -append_partition.  The first 512 bytes of any data
     provided by system_area= will be overwritten.
     *grub2_sparc_core=*iso_rr_path causes the content address and size
     of the given file to be written after the SUN Disk Label.  Both
     numbers are counted in bytes.  The address is written as 64 bit
     big-endian number to byte 0x228.  The size is written as 32 bit
     big-endian number to byte 0x230.
     *hppa_cmdline=*text sets the PALO command line for HP-PA. Up to
     1023 characters are permitted by default.  With hppa_hdrversion=4
     the limit is 127.
     Note that the first five hppa_ bootspecs are mandatory, if any of
     the hppa_ bootspecs is used.  Only hppa_hdrversion= is allowed to
     be missing.
     *hppa_bootloader=*iso_rr_path designates the given path as HP-PA
     bootloader file.
     *hppa_kernel_32=*iso_rr_path designates the given path as HP-PA 32
     bit kernel file.
     *hppa_kernel_64=*iso_rr_path designates the given path as HP-PA 64
     bit kernel file.
     *hppa_ramdisk=*iso_rr_path designates the given path as HP-PA RAM
     disk file.
     *hppa_hdrversion=*number chooses between PALO header version 5
     (default) and version 4.  For the appropriate value see in PALO
     source code: PALOHDRVERSION.
     *alpha_boot=*iso_rr_path declares a data file in the image to be
     the DEC Alpha SRM Secondary Bootstrap Loader and causes production
     of a boot sector which points to it.  This is mutually exclusive
     with production of other boot blocks like MBR.
     *mips_discard*, *mipsel_discard*, *sparc_discard*, *hppa_discard*,
     *alpha_discard* revoke any boot file declarations made for
     mips/mipsel, sparc, hppa, or alpha, respectively.  This removes the
     ban on production of other boot blocks.
     *hfsplus_serial=*hexstring sets a string of 16 digits "0" to "9"
     and letters "a" to "f", which will be used as unique serial number
     of an emerging HFS+ filesystem.
     *hfsplus_block_size=*number sets the allocation block size to be
     used when producing HFS+ filesystems.  Permissible are 512, 2048,
     or 0.  The latter lets the program decide.
     *apm_block_size=*number sets the block size to be used when
     describing partitions by an Apple Partition Map.  Permissible are
     512, 2048, or 0.  The latter lets the program decide.
     Note that size 512 is not compatible with production of GPT, and
     that size 2048 will not be mountable -t hfsplus at least by older
     Linux kernels.


-append_partition partition_number type_code disk_path
     Cause a prepared filesystem image to be appended to the ISO image
     and to be described by a partition table entry in a boot block at
     the start of the emerging ISO image.  The partition entry will bear
     the size of the submitted file rounded up to the next multiple of
     2048 bytes or to the next multiple of the cylinder size.
     Beware of subsequent multi-session runs.  The appended partition
     will get overwritten.
     Partitions may be appended with partition table types MBR, GPT, and
     SUN Disk Label.  Additionally to MBR and GPT it is possible to have
     them marked in APM.
     With *MBR*:
     partition_number may be 1 to 4.  Number 1 will put the whole ISO
     image into the unclaimed space before partition 1.  So together
     with most 'xorriso' MBR features, number 2 would be the most
     natural choice.
     The type_code may be "FAT12", "FAT16", "Linux", or a hexadecimal
     number between 0x00 and 0xff.  Not all those numbers will yield
     usable results.  For a list of MBR partition type codes search the
     Internet for "Partition Types" or run fdisk command "L".
     type_code may also be a type GUID as plain hex string like
     a2a0d0ebe5b9334487c068b6b72699c7 or as structured text like
     EBD0A0A2-B9E5-4433-87C0-68B6B72699C7.  It will be used if the
     partition is mentioned in GPT. In MBR,
     C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B will be mapped to 0xef.  Any
     other GUID will be mapped to 0x83.  In APM,
     48465300-0000-11AA-AA11-00306543ECAC will be mapped to partition
     type "Apple_HFS", any other to "Data".
     If some other command causes the production of GPT, then the
     appended partitions will be mentioned there too.
     *GPT* can be forced by
     -boot_image "any" "appended_part_as=gpt"
     partition_number may be 1 to 8.  But other than with MBR partitions
     it is not guaranteed that the resulting GPT partition will have
     this number.
     More important than the desired partition number will be that the
     resulting ISO filesystem is covered gaplessly with GPT table and
     its partitions and that the partitions in the table are sorted by
     block address.  If partition_number is higher than the number of
     preceding partitions, then the appropriate number of empty
     partition entries is inserted to achieve the desired
     partition_number.  If the number of preceding partitions is too
     high, then a NOTE message informs about the inability to achieve
     partition_number and about the actually assigned number.
     The chance to get the desired partition number is increased much by
     command -boot_image "any" "appended_gpt_with_gaps=on".
     The type_code may be the same as described with MBR. Given GUIDs
     are used unchanged.  Given MBR partition types get translated.
     0xef becomes C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B, others become
     EBD0A0A2-B9E5-4433-87C0-68B6B72699C7.
     *SUN Disk Label* is chosen by -boot_image any sparc_label=.
     partition_number may be 2 to 8.  Number 1 will always be the ISO
     image.  Partition start addresses are aligned to 320 KiB. The
     type_code does not matter.  Submit 0x0.
     disk_path "."  causes the partition to become a copy of the next
     lower valid one.
     With MBR, GPT, and SUN alike:
     The disk_path must provide the necessary data bytes at commit time.

     Issueing -append_partition with a partition number that was already
     used in a previous -append_partition command does not cause an
     error but silently overrides the previous setting.
     The pseudo type_code "revoke" or an empty disk_path prevent the
     partition from being appended.  The pseudo partition number "all"
     may be used in this case to revoke all previous -append_partition
     settings.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Jigdo,  Next: Charset,  Prev: Bootable,  Up: Commands

9.12 Jigdo Template Extraction
==============================

From man genisoimage: "Jigdo is a tool to help in the distribution of
large files like CD and DVD images; see http://atterer.net/jigdo/ for
more details.  Debian CDs and DVD ISO images are published on the web in
jigdo format to allow end users to download them more efficiently."
'xorriso' can produce a .jigdo and a .template file together with a
single-session ISO image.  The .jigdo file contains checksums and
symbolic file addresses.  The .template file contains the compressed ISO
image with reference tags instead of the content bytes of the listed
files.
Input for this process are the normal arguments for a 'xorriso' session
on a blank -outdev, and a checksum file which lists those data files
which may be listed in the .jigdo file and externally referenced in the
.template file.  Each designated file is represented in the checksum
file by a single text line:
Checksum as hex digits, 2 blanks, size as 12 decimal digits or blanks, 2
blanks, symbolic file address
The kind of checksum is chosen by -jigdo "checksum_algorithm" with
values "md5" (32 hex digits) or "sha256" (64 hex digits).  It will also
be used for the file address lines in the .jigdo file.  The default is
"md5".
The file address in a checksum file line has to bear the same basename
as the disk_path of the file which it shall match.  The directory path
of the file address is decisive for To=From mapping, not for file
recognition.  After To=From mapping, the file address gets written into
the .jigdo file.  Jigdo restore tools will convert these addresses into
really reachable data source addresses from which they can read.
If the list of jigdo parameters is not empty, then 'xorriso' will refuse
to write to non-blank targets, it will disable multi-session emulation,
and padding will be counted as part of the ISO image.

-jigdo parameter_name value
     Clear Jigdo Template Extraction parameter list or add a parameter
     to that list.  The alias names are the corresponding genisoimage
     options.  They are accepted as parameter names as well.  Especially
     they are recognized by the -as mkisofs emulation command.
     Parameter *clear* with any value empties the whole list.  No .jigdo
     and .template file will be produced.
     *checksum_algorithm* chooses the checksum algorithm which shall be
     used for the data file entries in the .jigdo file and is expected
     in the checksum file.  Permissible are "md5" or "sha256".  Default
     is "md5".
     Alias: -jigdo-checksum-algorithm
     *template_path* sets the disk_path for the .template file with the
     holed and compressed ISO image copy.
     Alias: -jigdo-template
     *jigdo_path* sets the disk_path for the .jigdo file with the
     checksums and download addresses for filling the holes in
     .template.
     Alias: -jigdo-jigdo
     *checksum_path* sets the disk_path where to find the checksum file
     with symbolic file addresses and checksums according to
     *checksum_algorithm*.
     Alias: md5_path
     Alias: -checksum-list
     Alias: -md5-list
     *min_size* sets the minimum size for a data file to be listed in
     the .jigdo file and being a hole in the .template file.
     Alias: -jigdo-min-file-size
     *exclude* adds a regular expression pattern which will get compared
     with the absolute disk_path of any data file.  A match causes the
     file to stay in .template in any case.
     Alias: -jigdo-exclude
     *demand_checksum* adds a regular expression pattern which will get
     compared with the absolute disk_path of any data file that was not
     found in the checksum list file as of "checksum_path".  A match
     causes a MISHAP event.
     Alias: demand_md5
     Alias: -jigdo-force-checksum
     Alias: -jigdo-force-md5
     *mapping* adds a string pair of the form To=From to the parameter
     list.  If a data file gets listed in the .jigdo file, then it is
     referred by the file address from its line in the checksum file.
     This file address gets checked whether it begins with the From
     string.  If so, then this string will be replaced by the To string
     and a ':' character, before it goes into the .jigdo file.  The From
     string should end by a '/' character.
     Alias: -jigdo-map
     *compression* chooses one of "bzip2" or "gzip" for the compression
     of the template file.  The jigdo file is put out uncompressed.
     Alias: -jigdo-template-compress
     *checksum_iso* chooses one or more of "md5", "sha1", "sha256",
     "sha512" for the auxiliary "# Image Hex" checksums in the jigdo
     file.  The value may e.g.  look like "md5,sha1,sha512".  Value
     "all" chooses all available algorithms.  Note that MD5 stays always
     enabled.
     Alias: -checksum_algorithm_iso
     *checksum_template* is like checksum_iso but for "# Template Hex".
     Alias: -checksum_algorithm_template


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Charset,  Next: Exception,  Prev: Jigdo,  Up: Commands

9.13 Character sets
===================

File names are strings of non-zero bytes with 8 bit each.  Unfortunately
the same byte string may appear as different peculiar national
characters on differently nationalized terminals.  The meanings of byte
codes are defined in *character sets* which have names.  Shell command
iconv -l lists them.
The file names on hard disk are assumed to be encoded by the *local
character set* which is also used for the communication with the user.
Byte codes 32 to 126 of the local character set must match the US-ASCII
characters of the same code.  ISO-8859 and UTF-8 fulfill this demand.
By default, 'xorriso' uses the character set as told by shell command
"locale" with argument "charmap".  This may be influenced by environment
variables LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, or LANG and should match the expectations of
the terminal.  In some situations it may be necessary to set it by
command -local_charset.
Local character sets should not matter as long as only english
alphanumeric characters are used for file names or as long as all
writers and readers of the media use the same local character set.
Outside these constraints it may be necessary to let 'xorriso' convert
byte codes from and to other character sets.
The Rock Ridge file names in ISO filesystems are assumed to be encoded
by the *input character set*.  The Rock Ridge file names which get
written with ISO filesystems will be encoded by the *output character
set*.
The sets can be defined independently by commands -in_charset and
-out_charset.  Normally one will have both identical, if ever.  Other
than the local character set, these two character sets may deviate from
US-ASCII.
The output character sets for Joliet and HFS+ are not influenced by
these commands.  Joliet uses output character set UCS-2 or UTF-16.  HFS+
uses UTF-16.
The default output charset is the local character set of the terminal
where 'xorriso' runs.  So by default no conversion happens between local
filesystem names and emerging Rock Ridge names in the image.  The
situation stays ambiguous and the reader has to riddle what character
set was used.
By command -auto_charset it is possible to attribute the output charset
name to the image.  This makes the situation unambiguous.  But if your
terminal character set does not match the character set of the local
file names, then this attribute can become plainly wrong and cause
problems at read time.  To prevent this it is necessary to check whether
the terminal properly displays all intended filenames.  Check especially
the exotic national characters.
To enforce recording of a particular character set name without any
conversion at image generation time, set -charset and -local_charset to
the desired name, and enable -backslash_codes to avoid evil character
display on your terminal.

-charset character_set_name
     Set the character set from which to convert file names when loading
     an image and to which to convert when writing an image.
-local_charset character_set_name
     Override the system assumption of the local character set name.  If
     this appears necessary, one should consider to set -backslash_codes
     to "on" in order to avoid dangerous binary codes being sent to the
     terminal.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Exception,  Next: DialogCtl,  Prev: Charset,  Up: Commands

9.14 Exception processing
=========================

Since the tasks of 'xorriso' are manifold and prone to external
influence, there may arise the need for 'xorriso' to report and handle
problem events.
Those events get classified when they are detected by one of the
software modules and forwarded to reporting and evaluation modules which
decide about reactions.  Event classes are sorted by severity:
"NEVER" The upper end of the severity spectrum.
"ABORT" The program is being aborted and on its way to end.
"FATAL" The main purpose of the run failed or an important resource
failed unexpectedly.
"FAILURE" An important part of the job could not be performed.
"MISHAP" A FAILURE which can be tolerated during ISO image generation.
"SORRY" A less important part of the job could not be performed.
"WARNING" A situation is suspicious of being not intended by the user.
"HINT" A proposal to the user how to achieve better results.
"NOTE" A harmless information about noteworthy circumstances.
"UPDATE" A pacifier message during long running operations.
"DEBUG" A message which would only interest the program developers.
"ERRFILE" A filename for the -errfile_log if it is enabled.
"ALL" The lower end of the severity spectrum.

-abort_on severity
     Set the severity threshold for events to abort the program.
     Useful: "NEVER", "ABORT", "FATAL", "FAILURE" , "MISHAP", "SORRY"
     It may become necessary to abort the program anyway, despite the
     setting by this command.  Expect not many "ABORT" events to be
     ignorable.
     A special property of this command is that it works preemptive if
     given as program start argument.  I.e.  the first -abort_on setting
     among the start arguments is in effect already when the first
     operations of 'xorriso' begin.  Only "-abort_on" with dash "-" is
     recognized that way.
-return_with severity exit_value
     Set the threshold and exit_value to be returned at program end if
     no abort has happened.  This is to allow 'xorriso' to go on after
     problems but to get a failure indicating exit value from the
     program, nevertheless.  Useful is a value lower than the -abort_on
     threshold, down to "WARNING".
     exit_value may be either 0 (indicating success to the starter of
     the program) or a number between 32 and 63.  Some other exit_values
     are used by 'xorriso' if it decides to abort the program run:
     1=abort due to external signal
     2=no program arguments given
     3=creation of 'xorriso' main object failed
     4=failure to start libburnia-project.org libraries
     5=program abort during argument processing
     6=program abort during dialog processing
-report_about severity
     Set the threshold for events to be reported.
     Useful: "SORRY", "WARNING", "HINT", "NOTE", "UPDATE", "DEBUG",
     "ALL"
     Regardless what is set by -report_about, messages get always
     reported if they reach the severity threshold of -abort_on .
     Event messages are sent to the info channel "I" which is usually
     stderr but may be influenced by command -pkt_output.  Info messages
     which belong to no event get attributed severity "NOTE".
     A special property of this command is that the first -report_about
     setting among the start arguments is in effect already when the
     first operations of 'xorriso' begin.  Only "-report_about" with
     dash "-" is recognized that way.
-signal_handling mode
     Control the installation of a signal handler which shall react on
     external signals (e.g.  from program "kill" or from keys Ctrl+C) or
     on signals caused by severe program errors.
     Mode "on" is the default.  It uses the signal handler of libburn
     which produces ugly messages but puts much effort in releasing
     optical drives before 'xorriso' ends.
     Mode "off" as first -signal_handling among the start arguments
     prevents all own signal precautions of 'xorriso'.  Inherited signal
     handler settings stay as they are.
     It works like "sig_dfl" if given after other signal handling was
     already established at program start.
     Mode "sig_dfl" uses the system provided default handling of
     signals, which is normally a sudden abort of the program.  To
     prevent stuck drives, the libburn handler is used during burning,
     blanking, and formatting on MMC drives.
     Mode "sig_ign" tries to ignore as many signal types as possible.
     This imposes the risk that 'xorriso' refuses to end until
     externally kill -9 if performed.  kill -9 then imposes the risk
     that the drive is left in unusable state and needs poweroff to be
     reset.  So during burning, blanking, and formatting wait for at
     least their normal run time before killing externally.
     A special property of this command is that the first
     -signal_handling setting among the start arguments is in effect
     already when the first operations of 'xorriso' begin.  Only
     "-signal_handling" with dash "-" is recognized that way.
-error_behavior occasion behavior
     Control the program behavior at problem event occasions.  For now
     this applies to occasions "image_loading" which is given while an
     image tree is read from the input device, and to "file_extraction"
     which is given with osirrox commands like -extract.
     With "image_loading" there are three behaviors available:
     "best_effort" goes on with reading after events with severity below
     FAILURE if the threshold of command -abort_on allows this.
     "failure" aborts image tree reading on first event of at least
     SORRY. It issues an own FAILURE event.  This is the default.
     "fatal" acts like "failure" but issues the own event as FATAL.
     With occasion "file_extraction" there are three behaviors:
     "keep" maintains incompletely extracted files on disk.  This is the
     default.
     "delete" removes files which encountered errors during content
     extraction.
     "best_effort" starts a revovery attempt by means of -extract_cut if
     the file content stems from the loaded ISO image and is not
     filtered.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: DialogCtl,  Next: Inquiry,  Prev: Exception,  Up: Commands

9.15 Dialog mode control
========================

-dialog "on"|"off"|"single_line"
     Enable or disable to enter dialog mode after all program arguments
     are processed.  In dialog mode input lines get prompted via
     readline or from stdin.
     If no -abort_on severity was set when dialog starts, then "NEVER"
     is set to avoid abort in most cases of wrong input or other
     problems.  Before dialog begins, the default is "FAILURE" which
     e.g.  aborts on unknown commands.
     Mode "on" supports input of newline characters within quotation
     marks and line continuation by trailing backslash outside quotation
     marks.  Mode "single_line" does not.
-page length width
     Describe terminal to the text pager.  See also above, paragraph
     Result pager.
     If parameter length is nonzero then the user gets prompted after
     that number of terminal lines.  Zero length disables paging.
     Parameter width is the number of characters per terminal line.  It
     is used to compute the number of terminal lines which get occupied
     by an output line.  A usual terminal width is 80.
-use_readline "on"|"off"
     If "on" then use readline for dialog.  Else use plain stdin.
     See also above, paragraph Dialog, Readline, Result pager.
-reassure "on"|"tree"|"off"
     If "on" then ask the user for "y" or "n":
     before deleting or overwriting any file in the ISO image,
     before overwriting any disk file during restore operations,
     before rolling back pending image changes,
     before committing image changes to media,
     before changing the input drive,
     before blanking or formatting media,
     before ending the program.
     With setting "tree" the reassuring prompt will appear for an
     eventual directory only once and not for each file in its whole
     subtree.
     Setting "off" silently kills any kind of image file object and
     performs above irrevocable actions.
     To really produce user prompts, command -dialog needs to be set to
     "on".  Note that the prompt does not appear in situations where
     file removal is forbidden by command -overwrite.  -reassure only
     imposes an additional curb for removing existing file objects.
     Be aware that file objects get deleted from the ISO image
     immediately after confirmation.  They are gone even if the running
     command gets aborted and its desired effect gets revoked.  In case
     of severe mess-up, consider to use -rollback to revoke the whole
     session.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Inquiry,  Next: Navigate,  Prev: DialogCtl,  Up: Commands

9.16 Drive and media related inquiry actions
============================================

-devices
     Show list of available MMC drives with the addresses of their
     libburn standard device files.
     This is only possible when no ISO image changes are pending.  After
     this command was executed, there is no drive current and no image
     loaded.
     In order to be visible, a device has to offer rw-permissions with
     its libburn standard device file.  Thus it might be only the
     *superuser* who is able to see all drives.
     Drives which are occupied by other processes get not shown.
-device_links
     Like -devices, but presenting the drives with addresses of symbolic
     links which point to the actual device files.
     Modern GNU/Linux systems may shuffle drive addresses from boot to
     boot.  The udev daemon is supposed to create links which always
     point to the same drive, regardless of its system address.  The
     command -device_links shows the addresses of such links if they
     begin by "/dev/dvd" or "/dev/cd".  Precedence is: "dvdrw", "cdrw",
     "dvd", "cdrom", "cd".
-toc

     Show media specific tables of content.  This is the session history
     of the medium, not the ISO image directory tree.
     In case of overwritable media holding a valid ISO image, it may
     happen that only a single session gets shown.  But if the first
     session on the overwritable media was written by 'xorriso' then a
     complete session history can be emulated.
     A drive which is incapable of writing may show any media as CD-ROM
     or DVD-ROM with only one or two sessions on it.  The last of these
     sessions is supposed to be the most recent real session then.
     Some read-only drives and media show no usable session history at
     all.  Command -rom_toc_scan might help.
     If input device and output device are both acquired and not the
     same, then both tables-of-content get shown.
-toc_of "in"|"out"|"all"[":short"]
     Like command -toc but explicitly choosing which drive's
     table-of-content to show.  "in" shows -indev or -dev, "out" shows
     -outdev or -dev, "all" shows the same as -toc.
     If ":short" is appended to the drive choosing word, then only a
     short summary of drive state and medium content is printed.
     As further difference to -toc, this command does not emit FAILURE
     events if the desired drive is not acquired.
-toc_info_type typetext
     Choose which information to show in the rightmost column of -toc
     and -toc_of.
     Type "volid" is the default.  It shows the Volume Ids of the listed
     ISO sessions.
     Type "creation_time" or "ctime" chooses the Creation Times.
     Type "modification_time" or "mtime" chooses the Modification Times.

     Appending "_gmt" to a time type text causes the time information to
     be shown in ECMA-119 format YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc in timezone GMT. Else
     it is shown as timestamps YYYY.MM.DD.hhmmss in the local timezone
     of the system.
-assess_indev_features "plain"|"cmd"|"as_mkisofs"|"replay"
     Inspect the filesystem on -indev for the presence of Rock Ridge,
     Joliet, or Enhanced Volume Descriptor (aka ISO 9660:1999) as of
     ECMA-119 4th Edition, and for traces of other write options which
     seem to have been used when the filesystem was created.
     Note that this command does not detect and report a possibly
     present HFS+ tree.
     Mode "cmd" lists xorriso commands which would activate the detected
     settings.
     Mode "as_mkisofs" lists options of the -as mkisofs emulation, which
     would activate those of the detected settings which are not
     default.
     Mode "replay" performs the commands which get listed by mode "cmd".

     Mode "plain" lists after a "Indev feature: " header name-value
     pairs as delivered by libisofs function
     iso_read_image_feature_named().  See libisofs.h.  The other modes
     derive their output from this list.  I.e.  the sequence of commands
     from "cmd" follows the sequence of "plain".
     Not leading to "cmd" lines are:
     "size=" tells the number of 2048 byte blocks of the filesystem.
     "eltorito=1" tells that El Torito boot equipment was detected.
     "tree_loaded=" tells which tree was loaded by -indev:
     0 = ISO 9660 , 1 = Joliet , 2 = Enhanced Volume Descriptor (aka ISO
     9660:1999) as of ECMA-119 4th Edition
     "tree_loaded_text=" tells the same by name: "ISO9660", "Joliet",
     "ISO9660:1999"
     "rr_loaded=1" tells that Rock Ridge information was loaded with the
     tree.
     "aaip=1" tells that AAIP information was detected (ACL, xattr, MD5,
     ...).
     "rrip_1_10_px_ino=1" tells that with Rock Ridge 1.10 a PX entry was
     found which looks like from Rock Ridge 1.12.
-mount_cmd drive entity id path
     Emit an appropriate command line for mounting the ISO session
     indicated by drive, entity and id.  The result will be different on
     GNU/Linux and on FreeBSD or NetBSD.
     drive can be "indev" or "outdev" to indicate already acquired
     drives, or it can be the path of a not yet acquired drive.  Prefix
     "stdio:" for non-MMC drives is not mandatory.
     See command '-load' for the meaning of entity and id.
     Entities are: "auto", "session", "track", "lba", "sbsector",
     "volid", "at_time", "before", "not_after", "after", and
     "not_before".
     Each is to be used with its appropriate kind of id string: "auto",
     session number, track number, block number, search expression for
     volume id, or time string.
     path will be used as mount point and must already exist as a
     directory on disk.
     The command gets printed to the result channel.  See command -mount
     for direct execution of this command.
-mount_opts option[:option...]
     Set options which influence -mount and -mount_cmd.  Currently there
     is only option "exclusive" which is default and its counterpart
     "shared".  The latter causes 'xorriso' not to give up the affected
     drive with command -mount.  On GNU/Linux it adds mount option
     "loop" which may enable mounting of several sessions of the same
     block device at the same time.  One should not write to a mounted
     optical medium, of course.  Take care to umount all sessions before
     ejecting.
-session_string drive entity id format
     Print to the result channel a text which gets composed according to
     format and the parameters of the addressed session.
     Formats "linux:"path or "freebsd:"path produce the output of
     -mount_cmd for the given operating systems.
     In other texts 'xorriso' will substitute the following parameter
     names.  An optional prefix "string:" will be removed.
     "%device%" will be substituted by the mountable device path of the
     drive address.
     "%sbsector%" will be substituted by the session start sector.
     "%track%", "%session%", "%volid%" will be substituted by track
     number, session number, or volume id of the depicted session.
-print_size
     Print the foreseeable consumption of 2048 byte blocks by next
     -commit.  This can last a while as a -commit gets prepared and only
     in last moment is revoked by this command.  The result depends on
     several settings and also on the kind of output device.  If no
     -jigdo options are set and not command -as "mkisofs" was used, then
     -padding (300 kB by default) is not counted as part of the image
     size.
     If an El Torito boot image file is already depicted, then command
     -print_size automatically executes -boot_image "any" "next".  This
     means that the properties of that boot image cannot be edited by
     subsequent commands.
-tell_media_space
     Print available space on the output medium and the free space after
     subtracting already foreseeable consumption by next -commit.
     Note that the title of the prediction "After commit :" is
     misleading.  It is rather the space that may still be filled in
     this session without making the next -commit fail from medium
     overflow.
     The free space after the next -commit might be smaller by several
     MB. This depends on medium type, number of recorded sessions, and
     drive habits.
-pvd_info
     Print various ID strings and timestamps which can be found in
     loaded ISO images.  Some of the IDs may be changed by commands like
     -volid or -publisher.  For these IDs -pvd_info reports what would
     be written with the next -commit.
     The timestamps get shown in ECMA-119 format YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc and
     timezone GMT. They do not get automatically propagated from loaded
     image to newly written image.  The ones for new images may be set
     by command -volume_date.  See there for the meaning of the
     particular timestamps.
-report_el_torito mode

     With mode *plain* print a report about the information found in the
     El Torito boot catalog of the loaded ISO image.
     With mode *help* print a text which explains the meaning of the
     lines put out by "plain".
     Mode *cmd* tries to print the *xorriso* commands which are
     necessary to produce the found boot equipment: disk identifiers, El
     Torito boot images, and System Area.  Disk identifiers are strings
     which the booting operating system might use to find the ISO
     filesystem from where it comes.  Currently known is the use of
     volume id and modification date.
     The intended use case is modification of the filesystem by having
     -indev and -outdev pointing to different images or drives.  The
     result might be insufficient, if the found equipment cannot be
     produced by xorriso.  Various SORRY events may arise in this case,
     but it is not guaranteed that xorriso recognizes all its
     insufficiencies.
     Mode *as_mkisofs* tries to print the *xorriso -as mkisofs* options,
     which are necessary to produce the found equipment.  The intended
     use case is to use the mounted filesystem as input tree together
     with the printed options.
     If CHRP equipment is detected, then modes *cmd* and *as_mkisofs*
     issue some of the relaxation commands or options which get detected
     by command *-assess_indev_features*.  This happens because CHRP
     firmware reads file paths from file /ppc/bootinfo.txt and tries to
     find them case-insensitively in the ECMA-119 tree without using
     Rock Ridge.  If such a path has actually forbidden properties, like
     the name "powerpc-ieee1275", then the relaxations are needed to
     bring it unmangled into the ECMA-119 tree.
     It is important to keep in mind that the file paths shown in the
     report lines and commands were registered directly after image
     loading.  Possible filesystem manipulations which later remove
     these paths or replace their file content will not influence the
     report lines or commands.
-report_system_area mode
     With mode *plain* print a report about the information found in the
     System Area of the loaded ISO image.  The report consists of zero
     to many lines with a header text, a colon, and information text.
     With mode *help* print a text which explains the meaning of the
     lines put out by "plain".  You probably will have to look for more
     documentation which explains the technical details of the mentioned
     boot facilities.
     Modes *cmd* and *as_mkisofs* work like with command
     -report_el_torito.  See above.
     It is important to keep in mind that the file paths shown in the
     report lines and commands were registered directly after image
     loading.  Possible filesystem manipulations which later remove
     these paths or replace their file content will not influence the
     report lines or commands.
     With mode *gpt_disk_guid* print the GPT disk GUID of the loaded ISO
     in RFC 4122 text format to result channel.  It is not considered an
     error if no GPT is present.  In this case nothing is printed to
     result channel.
     With mode *gpt_crc_of:*disk_path read up to 32 KiB from the disk
     file with the path given after the colon.  Compute the GPT
     compliant CRC number and print it to the result channel.  The
     number is shown like "0x690fd979".  The special disk_path "-"
     causes reading from standard input.
     With mode *make_guid* print a pseudo-random GUID in RFC 4122 text
     format to result channel.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Navigate,  Next: Verify,  Prev: Inquiry,  Up: Commands

9.17 Navigation in ISO image and disk filesystem
================================================

-cd iso_rr_path
     Change the current working directory in the ISO image.  This is
     prepended to iso_rr_paths which do not begin with '/'.
     It is possible to set the working directory to a path which does
     not exist yet in the ISO image.  The necessary parent directories
     will be created when the first file object is inserted into that
     virtual directory.  Use -mkdir if you want to enforce the existence
     of the directory already at first insertion.
-cdx disk_path
     Change the current working directory in the local filesystem.  To
     be prepended to disk_paths which do not begin with '/'.
-pwd

     Tell the current working directory in the ISO image.
-pwdx

     Tell the current working directory in the local filesystem.
-ls iso_rr_pattern [***]
     List files in the ISO image which match shell patterns (i.e.  with
     wildcards '*' '?'  '[a-z]').  If a pattern does not begin with '/'
     then it is compared with addresses relative to -cd.
     Directories are listed by their content rather than as single file
     item.
     Pattern expansion may be disabled by command -iso_rr_pattern.
-lsd iso_rr_pattern [***]
     Like -ls but listing directories as themselves and not by their
     content.  This resembles shell command ls -d.
-lsl iso_rr_pattern [***]
     Like -ls but also list some of the file attributes.  The output
     format resembles shell command ls -ln.
     File type 'e' indicates the El Torito boot catalog.
     If the file has non-trivial ACL, then a '+' is appended to the
     permission info.  If the file is hidden, then 'I' for "iso_rr", 'J'
     for "joliet", 'A' for "hfsplus", 'H' for multiple hiding gets
     appended.  Together with ACL it is 'i', 'j', 'a', 'h'.
-lsdl iso_rr_pattern [***]
     Like -lsd but also list some of the file attributes.  The output
     format resembles shell command ls -dln.
-lsx disk_pattern [***]
     List files in the local filesystem which match shell patterns.
     Patterns which do not begin with '/' are used relative to -cdx.
     Directories are listed by their content rather than as single file
     item.
     Pattern expansion may be disabled by command -disk_pattern.
-lsdx disk_pattern [***]
     Like -lsx but listing directories as themselves and not by their
     content.  This resembles shell command ls -d.
-lslx disk_pattern [***]
     Like -lsx but also listing some of the file attributes.  Output
     format resembles shell command ls -ln.
-lsdlx disk_pattern [***]
     Like -lsdx but also listing some of the file attributes.  Output
     format resembles shell command ls -dln.
-getfacl iso_rr_pattern [***]
     Print the access permissions of the given files in the ISO image
     using the format of shell command getfacl.  If a file has no ACL
     then it gets fabricated from the -chmod settings.  A file may have
     a real ACL if it was introduced into the ISO image while command
     -acl was set to "on".
-getfacl_r iso_rr_pattern [***]
     Like -gefacl but listing recursively the whole file trees
     underneath eventual directories.
-getfattr iso_rr_pattern [***]
     Print the xattr of the given files in the ISO image.  If a file has
     no such xattr then noting is printed for it.  The choice of
     namespaces depends on the setting of command -xattr: "on" or "user"
     restricts it to namespace "user", "any" only omits namespace
     "isofs".
-getfattr_r iso_rr_pattern [***]
     Like -gefattr but listing recursively the whole file trees
     underneath of directories.
-lsattr iso_rr_pattern [***]
     Print the Linux file attributes of the given files like program
     lsattr(1) would do with disk files.  The meaning of the shown flag
     letters are described in man 1 chattr with the exception of '-',
     which is shown as placeholder for an unset flag.
     The given files will get a line printed even if they have no Linux
     file attributes attached.  In this case all flags will be shown as
     '-'.
-lsattrd iso_rr_pattern [***]
     Like -lsattr but listing the directory attributes if the
     iso_rr_path leads to a directory, rather than the attributes of the
     files in the directory.
-get_projid iso_rr_pattern [***]
     Print the XFS-style project ids of the given file objects.  On disk
     this information can be inspected by programs lsattr(1) or
     xfs_quota(8).
-get_projid_r iso_rr_pattern [***]
     Like -get_projid but listing recursively the whole file trees
     underneath of directories.
-du iso_rr_pattern [***]
     Recursively list size of directories and files in the ISO image
     which match one of the patterns.  similar to shell command du -k.
-dus iso_rr_pattern [***]
     List size of directories and files in the ISO image which match one
     of the patterns.  Similar to shell command du -sk.
-dux disk_pattern [***]
     Recursively list size of directories and files in the local
     filesystem which match one of the patterns.  Similar to shell
     command du -k.
-dusx disk_pattern [***]
     List size of directories and files in the local filesystem which
     match one of the patterns.  Similar to shell command du -sk.
-findx disk_path [test [op] [test ...]] [-exec action [params]] --
     Like -find but operating on local filesystem and not on the ISO
     image.  The -findx command is subject to the settings of -follow.
     -findx accepts the same tests as -find, but only the following ones
     work like described with -find:
     -bad_outname, -decision, -disk_name, -disk_path, -has_acl,
     -has_any_xattr, -has_lfa_flags, -has_some_lfa_flags_of,
     -has_projid, -has_xattr, -lba_range, -maxdepth, -mindepth, -name,
     -or_use_pattern, -prune, -size, -true, -type, -use_pattern,
     -wholename
     The others get defaulted to -false, because they are not applicable
     to disk files.
     Test -type accepts the same parameters as with -find.  Additionally
     it recognizes type "mountpoint" (or "m") which matches
     subdirectories which reside on a different device than their
     parent.  This type never matches the disk_path given as start
     address for -findx.
     Test -lba_range matches only if its parameter start_lba is 0.
     Tests -has_lfa_flags and -has_some_lfa_flags_of ignore non-settable
     file attribute flags if -lfa_flags is set to
     on:import_only_settable.
     -findx accepts the -exec actions as does -find.  But except the
     following few actions it will always perform action "echo".

     in_iso
          reports the path if its counterpart exists in the ISO image.
          For this the disk_path of the -findx command gets replaced by
          the iso_rr_path given as parameter.
          E.g.: -findx /home/thomas -exec in_iso /thomas_on_cd --
     not_in_iso
          reports the path if its counterpart does not exist in the ISO
          image.  The report format is the same as with command
          -compare.
     add_missing iso_rr_path_start
          adds the counterpart if it does not yet exist in the ISO image
          and marks it for "rm_merge" as non-removable.
          E.g.: -findx /home/thomas -exec add_missing /thomas_on_cd --
     is_full_in_iso
          reports if the counterpart in the ISO image contains files.
          To be used with -type "m" to report mount points.
     empty_iso_dir
          deletes all files from the counterpart in the ISO image.  To
          be used with -type "m" to truncate mount points.
     print_outname
          prints in the first line the filename as found on disk, and in
          the second line the filename after conversion forth and back
          between local character set and one of the namespaces
          "rockridge", "joliet", "ecma119", or "hfsplus".  The third
          output line is "-" .
          The name conversion does not take into respect the possibility
          of name collisions in the target namespace.  Such collisions
          are most likely in "joliet" and "ecma119", where they get
          resolved by automatic file name changes.
     estimate_size
          prints a lower and an upper estimation of the number of blocks
          which the found files together will occupy in the emerging ISO
          image.  This does not account for the superblock, for the
          directories in the -findx path, or for image padding.
     getfacl
          prints access permissions in ACL text form to the result
          channel.
     getfattr
          prints xattr name-value pairs to the result channel.  The
          choice of namespaces depends on the setting of command -xattr:
          "off", "on", or "user" restricts it to the namespace "user",
          "any" causes all namespaces to be shown.
     get_any_xattr
          prints xattr name-value pairs to the result channel.  All
          namespaces are shown regardless of the setting of command
          -xattr.
     list_extattr mode
          prints a script to the result channel, which would use FreeBSD
          command setextattr to set the file's xattr name-value pairs of
          user namespace.  See -find for a description of parameter
          mode.
          E.g.  -exec list_extattr e -
     lsattrd
          prints to the result channel the Linux file attribute flags
          like command -lsattrd does.  This shows non-settable flags,
          too, even if they are to be ignored by the setting of command
          -lfa_flags.
     get_projid
          prints the XFS-style project id number to the result channel.

get_projid_minmax
     prints at the end of the -findx run the minimal and the maximal
     XFS-style project id numbers among the files which were matched by
     the find tests.
-compare disk_path iso_rr_path
     Compare attributes and eventual data file content of a fileobject
     in the local filesystem with a file object in the ISO image.  The
     iso_rr_path may well point to an image file object which is not yet
     committed, i.e.  of which the data content still resides in the
     local filesystem.  Such data content is prone to externally caused
     changes.
     If iso_rr_path is empty then disk_path is used as path in the ISO
     image too.
     Differing attributes are reported in detail, differing content is
     summarized.  Both to the result channel.  In case of no differences
     no result lines are emitted.
-compare_r disk_path iso_rr_path
     Like -compare but working recursively.  I.e.  all file objects
     below both addresses get compared whether they have counterparts
     below the other address and whether both counterparts match.
-compare_l disk_prefix iso_rr_prefix disk_path [***]
     Perform -compare_r with each of the disk_path parameters.
     iso_rr_path will be composed from disk_path by replacing
     disk_prefix by iso_rr_prefix.
-show_stream iso_rr_path [***]
     Display the content stream chain of data files in the ISO image.
     The chain consists of the iso_rr_name and one or more streams,
     separated by " < " marks.  A stream description consists of one or
     more texts, separated by ":" characters.  The first text tells the
     stream type, the following ones, if ever, describe its individual
     properties.  Frequently used types are:
     disk:'disk_path' for local filesystem objects.
     image:'iso_rr_path' for ISO image file objects.
     cout:'disk_path offset count' for -cut_out files.
     extf:'filter_name' for external filters.
     -zisofs:algorithm:block_size for zisofs compression filters.
     -zisofs-decode:algorithm:block_size for zisofs uncompression
     filters.
     -gzip for internal gzip compression filters.
     -gunzip for internal gzip uncompression filters.
     Example:
     '/abc/xyz.gz' < extf:'gzip' < disk:'/home/me/x'
-show_stream_r iso_rr_path [***]
     Like -show_stream but working recursively.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Verify,  Next: Restore,  Prev: Navigate,  Up: Commands

9.18 Evaluation of readability and recovery
===========================================

It is not uncommon that optical media produce read errors.  The reasons
may be various and get obscured by error correction which is performed
by the drives and based on extra data on the media.  If a drive returns
data then one can quite trust that they are valid.  But at some degree
of read problems the correction will fail and the drive is supposed to
indicate error.
'xorriso' can scan a medium for readable data blocks, classify them
according to their read speed, save them to a file, and keep track of
successfully saved blocks for further tries on the same medium.
By command -md5 checksums may get recorded with data files and whole
sessions.  These checksums are reachable only via indev and a loaded
image.  They work independently of the media type and can detect
transmission errors.

-check_media [option [option ...]] --
     Try to read data blocks from the indev drive, optionally copy them
     to a disk file, and finally report about the encountered quality.
     Several options may be used to modify the default behavior.
     The parameters given with this command override the default
     settings which may have been changed by command
     -check_media_defaults.  See there for a description of available
     options.
     The result list tells intervals of 2 KiB blocks with start address,
     number of blocks and quality.  Qualities which begin with "+" are
     supposed to be valid readable data.  Qualities with "-" are
     unreadable or corrupted data.  "0" indicates qualities which are
     not covered by the check run or are regularly allowed to be
     unreadable (e.g.  gaps between tracks).
     Alternatively it is possible to report damaged files rather than
     blocks.
     If -md5 is "on" then the default mode what=tracks looks out for
     libisofs checksum tags for the ISO session data and checks them
     against the checksums computed from the data stream.
-check_media_defaults [option [option ...]] --
     Preset options for runs of -check_media, -extract_cut and
     best_effort file extraction.  Options given with -check_media will
     override the preset options.  -extract_cut will override some
     options automatically.
     An option consists of a keyword, a "=" character, and a value.
     Options may override each other.  So their sequence matters.
     The default setting at program start is:
     use=indev what=tracks min_lba=-1 max_lba=-1 retry=default
     time_limit=28800 item_limit=100000 data_to=" event=ALL
     abort_file=/var/opt/xorriso/do_abort_check_media
     sector_map=" map_with_volid=off patch_lba0=off report=blocks
     bad_limit=invalid slow_limit=1.0 chunk_size=0s async_chunks=0
     Option "reset=now" restores these startup defaults.
     Non-default options are:

     report="files"
          lists the files which use damaged blocks (not with
          use=outdev).  The format is like with find -exec
          report_damage.  Note that a MD5 session mismatch marks all
          files of the session as damaged.  If finer distinction is
          desired, perform -md5 off before -check_media.
     report="blocks_files"
          first lists damaged blocks and then affected files.
     use="outdev"
          reads from the output drive instead of the input drive.  This
          avoids loading the ISO image tree from media.
     use="sector_map"
          does not read any media but loads the file given by option
          sector_map= and processes this virtual outcome.
     what="disc"
          scans the payload range of a medium without respecting track
          gaps.
     what="image"
          similar to "disc", but restricts scanning to the range of the
          ISO 9660 image, if present.
     min_lba=limit
          omits all blocks with addresses lower than limit.
     max_lba=limit
          switches to what=disc and omits all blocks above limit.
     chunk_size=size
          sets the number of bytes to be read in one low-level read
          operation.  This gets rounded down to full blocks of 2048
          bytes.  0 means automatic size.
     retry="on"
          forces read retries with minimal senseful chunk size when the
          normal read chunk produces a read error.  This size is 1s with
          CD and stdio files, 16s with DVD (1 ECC Block), and 32s with
          BD (1 Cluster).  By default, retries are only enabled with CD
          media.  "retry=off" forbits retries for all media types.
     abort_file=disk_path
          gives the path of the file which may abort a scan run.  Abort
          happens if the file exists and its mtime is not older than the
          start time of the run.  Use shell command "touch" to trigger
          this.  Other than an aborted program run, this will report the
          tested and untested blocks and go on with running 'xorriso'.
     time_limit=seconds
          gives the number of seconds after which the scan shall be
          aborted.  This is useful for unattended scanning of media
          which may else overwork the drive in its effort to squeeze out
          some readable blocks.  Abort may be delayed by the drive
          gnawing on the last single read operation.  Value -1 means
          unlimited time.
     item_limit=number
          gives the number of report list items after which to abort.
          Value -1 means unlimited item number.
     data_to=disk_path
          copies the valid blocks to the given file, which must support
          random access writing, unless disk_path is "-" which means
          standard output.
          In the latter case, patch_lba0= settings other than "off"
          yield failure.  Further the usual result messages of
          -check_media get redirected to the info channel.  But beware
          of result messages from other commands.  Beware of -*dev "-"
          which redirect standard output to standard error.  Keep the
          run simple:
          xorriso -indev /dev/sr0 -check_media data_to=- - | md5sum
          xorriso -outdev /dev/sr0 -check_media data_to=- use=outdev \
          what=disc min_lba=0 max_lba=999999 - | sha256sum
     event=severity
          sets the given severity for a problem event which shall be
          issued at the end of a check run if data blocks were
          unreadable or failed to match recorded MD5 checksums.
          Severity "ALL" disables this event.
     sector_map=disk_path
          tries to read the file given by disk_path as sector bitmap and
          to store such a map file after the scan run.  The bitmap tells
          which blocks have been read successfully in previous runs.  It
          is the persistent memory for several scans on the same medium,
          even with intermediate eject, in order to collect readable
          blocks whenever the drive is lucky enough to produce them.
          The stored file contains a human readable TOC of tracks and
          their start block addresses, followed by binary bitmap data.
          By default, untested blocks are not considered bad, but rather
          as intentionally unread.  If you expect time_limit= or
          item_limit= to abort the run, then consider to use
          bad_limit="untested".
     map_with_volid="on"
          examines tracks whether they are ISO images and prints their
          volume IDs into the human readable TOC of sector_map=.
     patch_lba0="on"
          transfers within the data_to= file a copy of the currently
          loaded session head to the start of that file and patches it
          to be valid at that position.  This makes the loaded session
          the last valid session of the image file when it gets mounted
          or loaded as stdio: drive.  New sessions will be appended
          after this last session and will overwrite any sessions which
          have followed it.
     patch_lba0="force"
          performs patch_lba0="on" even if 'xorriso' believes that the
          copied data are not valid.
          patch_lba0= may also bear a number.  If it is 32 or higher it
          is taken as start address of the session to be copied.  In
          this case it is not necessary to have an -indev and a loaded
          image.  ":force" may be appended after the number.
     bad_limit=threshold
          sets the highest quality which shall be considered as damage.
          Choose one of "good", "md5_match", "slow", "partial", "valid",
          "untested", "md5_mismatch", "invalid", "tao_end", "off_track",
          "unreadable".
          "valid" and "invalid" are qualities imported from a sector_map
          file.  "tao_end" and "off_track" are intentionally not
          readable, but not bad either.  "partial" are blocks retrieved
          from a partially readable chunk.  They are supposed to be ok
          but stem from a suspicious neighborhood.
          "md5_match" and "md5_mismatch" regions overlap with regions of
          other quality.  The former is a strong confirmation for
          quality, the latter only tells that one or more blocks of the
          region must be wrong.
          By default bad_limit is set higher than md5_mismatch, so that
          mismatches are classified as quality class "0" rather than
          "-".  This means that the sectors of a MD5 mismatch range are
          recorded in the sector_map as successfully read, if the drive
          handed them out at all.  Set "bad_limit=md5_mismatch" to let
          the sector_map record the whole mismatching range as yet not
          retrieved.
     slow_limit=threshold
          sets the time threshold for a single read chunk to be
          considered slow.  This may be a fractional number like 0.1 or
          1.5.
     async_chunks=number
          enables asynchronous MD5 processing if number is 2 or larger.
          In this case the given number of read chunks is allocated as
          fifo buffer.  On very fast MMC drives try: chunk_size=64s
          async_chunks=16.
-check_md5 severity iso_rr_path [***]
     Compare the data content of the given files in the loaded image
     with their recorded MD5 checksums, if there are any and they were
     loaded.  In case of any mismatch an event of the given severity is
     issued.  It may then be handled by appropriate settings of commands
     -abort_on or -return_with which both can cause non-zero exit values
     of the program run.  Severity ALL suppresses that event.
     This command reports match and mismatch of data files to the result
     channel.  Non-data files cause NOTE events.  There will also be
     UPDATE events from data reading.
     If no iso_rr_path is given then the whole loaded session is
     compared with its MD5 sum.  Be aware that this covers only one
     session and not the whole image if there are older sessions.
     MD5 sums get loaded by -indev or -dev if command -md5 is set to
     "on".  Some other settings about attributes may enable loading of
     MD5 sums, too.  So the setting -md5 "off" does not surely prevent
     loading them.
-check_md5_r severity iso_rr_path [***]
     Like -check_md5 but checking all data files underneath the given
     paths.  Only mismatching data files will be reported.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Restore,  Next: Emulation,  Prev: Verify,  Up: Commands

9.19 osirrox ISO-to-disk restore commands
=========================================

Normally 'xorriso' only writes to disk files which were given as stdio:
pseudo-drives or as log files.  But its alter ego osirrox is able to
extract file objects from ISO images and to create, overwrite, or delete
file objects on disk.
Disk file exclusions by -not_mgt, -not_leaf, -not_paths apply.  The
exclusion tests are made with the paths and names for the disk files.
If exclusion of paths or names in the ISO image is desired, then use
image manipulation commands like -rm or -find ...  -exec rm before
extraction, and end the program by -rollback_end .
Excluded disk_path parameters of extraction commands cause SORRY events.
Implicitly given paths in trees under disk_path parameters are excluded
silently.
If disk file objects already exist then the settings of -overwrite and
-reassure apply.  But -overwrite "on" only triggers the behavior of
-overwrite "nondir".  I.e.  directories cannot be deleted.
Access permissions of files in the ISO image do not restrict restoring.
The directory permissions on disk have to allow rwx.

-osirrox setting[:option:...]
     Setting *off* disables disk filesystem manipulations.  This is the
     default unless the program was started with leafname *osirrox*.
     Elsewise the capability to restore files can be enabled explicitly
     by -osirrox *on*.  It can be irrevocably disabled by -osirrox
     *banned*.
     The setting *blocked* is like *off*.  But it can only be revoked by
     setting *unblock*, which elsewise is like *on*.  This can be used
     to curb command scripts which might use *on* undesiredly.
     To enable restoring of special files by *device_files* is
     potentially dangerous.  The meaning of the number st_rdev (see man
     2 stat) depends much on the operating system.  Best is to restore
     device files only to the same system from where they were copied.
     If not enabled, device files in the ISO image are ignored during
     restore operations.
     Due to a bug of previous versions, device files from previous
     sessions might have been altered to major=0, minor=1.  So this
     combination does not get restored.
     Option *concat_split_on* is default.  It enables restoring of split
     file directories as data files if the directory contains a complete
     collection of -cut_out part files.  With option *concat_split_off*
     such directories are handled like any other ISO image directory.
     Option *auto_chmod_off* is default.  If *auto_chmod_on* is set then
     access restrictions for disk directories get circumvented if those
     directories are owned by the effective user who runs 'xorriso'.
     This happens by temporarily granting rwx permission to the owner.
     Option *sort_lba_on* may improve read performance with optical
     drives.  It can restore large numbers of hard links without
     exhausting -temp_mem_limit.  It does not preserve directory mtime
     and it needs -osirrox option auto_chmod_on in order to extract
     directories which offer no write permission.  Default is
     *sort_lba_off*.
     Option *o_excl_on* is the default unless the program was started
     with leafname "osirrox".  On GNU/Linux it tries to avoid using
     drives which are mounted or in use by other libburn programs.
     Option *o_excl_off* on GNU/Linux enables access to such drives by
     the equivalent of -drive_access "shared:readonly".  I.e.  drives
     which get acquired while *o_excl_off* will refuse to get blanked,
     formatted, written, or ejected.  But be aware that even harmless
     inquiries can spoil ongoing burns of CD-R[W] and DVD-R[W].
     Option *strict_acl_off* is default.  It tolerates on FreeBSD the
     presence of directory "default" ACLs in the ISO image.  With
     *strict_acl_on* these GNU/Linux ACLs cause on FreeBSD a FAILURE
     event during restore with -acl "on".
     Option *check_md5_off* disables MD5 checking during copy to disk.
     The default option *check_md5_on* enables it if -md5 is "on".  If a
     data file with recorded MD5 is copied as a whole to the disk
     filesystem, then the MD5 of the copied content gets computed and
     compared with the recorded MD5.  A mismatch causes an error message
     of severity SORRY. Option *check_md5_force* causes an error message
     if -md5 is "on" but no MD5 is recorded for the data file.
     Option *sparse=* controls production of sparse files during
     extraction of files from the ISO filesystem.  Default is
     *sparse=off*.
     A positive number like in *sparse=1m* sets the minimum requirement
     for the length of a sequence of 0-bytes which shall be represented
     by a gap.  This saves disk space if the disk filesystem supports
     sparse files.  A gap gets created by help of lseek(2) if a sequence
     of read buffers, which contain only 0-bytes, bears at least the
     minimum amount of bytes.  Expect read buffers to be in the size
     range of 32k or 64k.
     Command -paste_in creates gaps only if the writing begins at or
     after the end of the existing disk file.  So the sequence of
     -paste_in commands matters.  Command -concat does not create sparse
     files.
-extract iso_rr_path disk_path
     Copy the file objects at and underneath iso_rr_path to their
     corresponding addresses at and underneath disk_path.  This is the
     inverse of -map or -update_r.
     If iso_rr_path is a directory and disk_path is an existing
     directory then both trees will be merged.  Directory attributes get
     extracted only if the disk directory is newly created by the copy
     operation.  Disk files get removed only if they are to be replaced
     by file objects from the ISO image.
     As many attributes as possible are copied together with restored
     file objects.
-extract_single iso_rr_path disk_path
     Like -extract, but if iso_rr_path is a directory then its sub tree
     gets not restored.
-extract_l iso_rr_prefix disk_prefix iso_rr_path [***]
     Perform -extract with each of the iso_rr_path parameters.
     disk_path will be composed from iso_rr_path by replacing
     iso_rr_prefix by disk_prefix.
-extract_cut iso_rr_path byte_offset byte_count disk_path
     Copy a byte interval from a data file out of an ISO image into a
     newly created disk file.  The main purpose for this is to offer a
     way of handling large files if they are not supported by mount -t
     iso9660 or if the target disk filesystem cannot store large files.
     If the data bytes of iso_rr_path are stored in the loaded ISO
     image, and no filter is applied, and byte_offset is a multiple of
     2048, then a special run of -check_media is performed.  It may be
     quicker and more rugged than the general reading method.
-cpx iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
     Copy single leaf file objects from the ISO image to the address
     given by disk_path.  If more then one iso_rr_path is given then
     disk_path must be a directory or non-existent.  In the latter case
     it gets created and the extracted files get installed in it with
     the same leafnames.
     Missing directory components in disk_path will get created, if
     possible.
     Directories are allowed as iso_rr_path only with -osirrox
     "concat_split_on" and only if they actually represent a complete
     collection of -cut_out split file parts.
-cpax iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
     Like -cpx but restoring mtime, atime as in ISO image and trying to
     set ownership and group as in ISO image.
-cp_rx iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
     Like -cpx but also extracting whole directory trees from the ISO
     image.
     The resulting disk paths are determined as with shell command cp -r
     : If disk_path is an existing directory then the trees will be
     inserted or merged underneath this directory and will keep their
     leaf names.  The ISO directory "/" has no leaf name and thus gets
     mapped directly to disk_path.
-cp_rax iso_rr_path [***] disk_path
     Like -cp_rx but restoring mtime, atime as in ISO image and trying
     to set ownership and group as in ISO image.
-paste_in iso_rr_path disk_path byte_offset byte_count
     Read the content of a ISO data file and write it into a data file
     or device file on disk beginning at the byte_offset.  Write at most
     byte_count bytes.  The file depicted by disk_path has to support
     random write access.
     This is the inverse of command -cut_out.
-concat mode [target | lim prog [args [...]] lim] iso_rr_path [***]
     Copy the data content of one or more data files of the ISO image
     into a disk file object, into a file descriptor, or start a program
     and copy the data into its standard input.  The latter is subject
     to the security restrictions for external filters.
     Modes *overwrite* and *append* write into the target which is given
     by the second parameter.  This may be the path to a disk file
     object, or "-" which means standard output, or a text of the form
     /dev/fd/number, where number is an open file descriptor (e.g.
     standard error is /dev/fd/2).  An existing target file is not
     removed before writing begins.  If it is not able to take content
     data, then this command fails.  Mode overwrite truncates regular
     data files to 0 size before writing into them.  Example:

     -concat append /home/me/accumulated_text /my/iso/text -

     Mode *pipe* expects as second parameter a delimiter word which
     shall mark the end of the program argument list.  The third
     argument is the disk_path to the program.  It must contain at least
     one '/'.  $PATH is not applied.  Further parameters up to the
     announced delimiter word are used as arguments with the program
     start.  Example:

     -iso_rr_pattern on \
     -concat pipe + /usr/bin/wc + "/my/iso/files*" -

     The further parameters in all modes are the iso_rr_paths of data
     files.  Their content gets concatenated in the copy.
-extract_boot_images disk_path
     Copy boot equipment to disk, which is not necessarily represented
     as data files in the ISO filesystem.  The data get written into
     various files in a disk directory, which may already exist or of
     which the parent must exist so that it can get created.
     Files may be missing if their corresponding information is not
     present in the ISO filesystem.  Existing files do not get
     overwritten but rather cause a failure event.
     The same data may appear in different files.  E.g.  the El Torito
     boot image for EFI is often the same data as the EFI partition in
     MBR or GPT.
     File "eltorito_catalog.img" contains the El Torito Boot Catalog.
     Files "eltorito_img*_*.img" contain El Torito Boot images.  The
     first "*" gives the image number, the second "*" gives the type:
     "bios", "mac", "ppc", "uefi", or a hex number.
     File "mbr_code_isohybrid.img" contains the ISOLINUX MBR template.
     File "mbr_code_grub2.img" contains the GRUB2 MBR template.
     File "systemarea.img" contains the whole 32 KiB of System Area if
     not all zero.
     Files "mbr_part*_efi.img" contain EFI partition images from the MBR
     partition table.  The "*" text part gives the partition number.
     Files "mbr_part*_prep.img" contain PReP partition images.
     Files "gpt_part*_efi.img" contain EFI partition images from GPT.
     Files "gpt_part*_hfsplus.img" contain HFS+ partition images from
     GPT. To avoid extracting the whole HFS+ aspect of hybrid ISO
     filesystems, the partition image is extracted only if it has less
     than half of the size of the ISO filesystem or if the partition is
     outside the ISO filesystem.
-mount drive entity id path
     Produce the same line as -mount_cmd and then execute it as external
     program run after giving up the depicted drive.  See also
     -mount_opts.  This demands -osirrox to be enabled and normally will
     succeed only for the superuser.  For safety reasons the mount
     program is only executed if it is reachable as /bin/mount or
     /sbin/mount.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Emulation,  Next: Scripting,  Prev: Restore,  Up: Commands

9.20 Command compatibility emulations (cdrtools)
================================================

Writing of ISO 9660 on CD is traditionally done by program mkisofs as
ISO 9660 image producer and cdrecord as burn program.  'xorriso' does
not strive for their comprehensive emulation.  Nevertheless it is ready
to perform some of its core tasks under control of commands which in
said programs trigger comparable actions.

-as personality option [options] --

     Perform the variable length option list as sparse emulation of the
     program depicted by the personality word.

     Personality "*mkisofs*" accepts the options listed with:
     -as mkisofs -help --
     Among them: -R (always on), -r, -J, -o, -M, -C, -dir-mode,
     -file-mode, -path-list, -m, -exclude-list, -f, -print-size, -pad,
     -no-pad, -V, -v, -version, -graft-points, -z, -no-emul-boot, -b,
     -c, -boot-info-table, -boot-load-size, -input-charset, -G,
     -output-charset, -U, -hide, -hide-joliet, -hide-list,
     -hide-joliet-list, file paths and pathspecs.  A lot of options are
     not supported and lead to failure of the mkisofs emulation.  Some
     are ignored, but better do not rely on this tolerance.
     The supported options are documented in detail in xorrisofs.info
     and in man xorrisofs.  The description here is focused on the
     effect of mkisofs emulation in the context of a 'xorriso' run.
     Other than with the "cdrecord" personality there is no automatic
     -commit at the end of a "mkisofs" option list.  Verbosity settings
     -v (= "UPDATE") and -quiet (= "SORRY") persist.  The output file
     persists until things happen like -commit, -rollback, -dev, or end
     of 'xorriso'.
     Options which affect all file objects in the ISO image, like -r or
     -dir-mode, will be applied only to files which are present in the
     ISO image when the command -as ends.  If you use several -as
     mkisofs commands in the same run, then consider to put such options
     into the last -as command.
     If files are added to the image, then -pacifier gets set to
     "mkisofs" and -stdio_sync is defaulted to "off" if no such setting
     was made yet.
     -graft-points is equivalent to -pathspecs on.  Note that pathspecs
     without "=" are interpreted differently than with 'xorriso' command
     -add.  Directories get merged with the root directory of the ISO
     image, other filetypes get mapped into that root directory.
     If pathspecs are given and if no output file was chosen before or
     during the "mkisofs" option list, then standard output (-outdev
     "-") will get into effect.  If -o points to a regular file, then it
     will be truncated to 0 bytes when finally writing begins.  This
     truncation does not happen if the drive is chosen by 'xorriso'
     commands before -as mkisofs or after its list delimiter.
     Directories and symbolic links are no valid -o targets.
     Writing to stdout is possible only if -as "mkisofs" was among the
     start arguments or if other start arguments pointed the output
     drive to standard output.
     -print-size inhibits automatic image production at program end.
     This ban is lifted only if the pending image changes get discarded.

     Padding is counted as part of the ISO image if not option -emul-toc
     is given.
     If no -iso-level is given, then level 1 is chosen when the first
     file or directory is added to the image.  At the same occasion
     directory names get allowed to violate the standard by -compliance
     option allow_dir_id_ext.  This may be avoided by option
     -disallow_dir_id_ext.
     Option -root is supported.  Option -old-root is implemented by
     'xorriso' commands -mkdir, -cp_clone, -find update_merge, and -find
     rm_merge.  -root and -old-root set command -disk_dev_ino to
     "ino_only" and -md5 to "on", by default.  -disk_dev_ino can be set
     to "off" by --old-root-no-ino or to "on" by --old-root-devno .
     -md5 can be set to "off" by --old-root-no-md5 .
     Not original mkisofs options are --quoted_path_list , --hardlinks ,
     --acl , --xattr , --md5 , --stdio_sync .  They work like the
     'xorriso' commands with the same name and hardcoded parameter "on",
     e.g.  -acl "on".  Explicit parameters are expected by --stdio_sync
     and --scdbackup_tag.
     The capability to preserve multi-session history on overwritable
     media gets disabled by default.  It can be enabled by using
     --emul-toc with the first session.  See -compliance no_emul_toc.
     --sort-weight gets as parameters a number and an iso_rr_path.  The
     number becomes the LBA sorting weight of regular file iso_rr_path
     or of all regular files underneath directory iso_rr_path.  (See
     -find -exec sort_weight).
     Adopted from grub-mkisofs are --protective-msdos-label (see
     -boot_image grub partition_table=on) and
     --modification-date=YYYYMMDDhhmmsscc (see -volume_date uuid).  For
     EFI bootable GRUB boot images use --efi-boot.  It performs
     -boot_image grub efi_path= surrounded by two -boot_image "any"
     "next".  Alternative option -e from Fedora genisoimage sets
     bin_path and platform_id for EFI, but performs no "next".
     For MBR bootable ISOLINUX images there is -isohybrid-mbr FILE,
     where FILE is one of the Syslinux files mbr/isohdp[fp]x*.bin .  Use
     this instead of -G to apply the effect of -boot_image isolinux
     partition_table=on.
     --boot-catalog-hide is -boot_image any cat_hidden=on.
     -mips-boot is the same as -boot_image any mips_path= .
     -mipsel-boot leads to mipsel_path= .
     -partition_offset number is -boot_image any
     partition_offset=number.
     Command -append_partition is supported.
     -untranslated_name_len number is -compliance
     untranslated_name_len=number.
     --old-empty is -compliance old_empty.
     The options of genisoimage Jigdo Template Extraction are recognized
     and performed via 'xorriso' command -jigdo.  See the "Alias:" names
     there for the meaning of the genisoimage options.

     Personalities "*xorrisofs*", "*genisoimage*", and "*genisofs*" are
     aliases for "mkisofs".
     If 'xorriso' is started with one of the leafnames "xorrisofs",
     "genisofs", "mkisofs", or "genisoimage", then it performs
     -read_mkisofsrc and prepends -as "genisofs" to the program
     arguments.  I.e.  all arguments will be interpreted mkisofs style
     until "--" is encountered.  From then on, arguments are interpreted
     as 'xorriso' commands.
     --no_rc as first argument of such a program start prevents
     interpretation of startup files.  See section FILES below.

     Personality "*cdrecord*" accepts the options listed with:
     -as cdrecord -help --
     Among them: -v, dev=, speed=, blank=, fs=, -eject, -atip, padsize=,
     tsize=, -isosize, -multi, -msinfo, --grow_overwriteable_iso,
     write_start_address=, track source file path or "-" for standard
     input as track source.
     It ignores most other options of cdrecord and cdrskin but refuses
     on -audio, -scanbus, and on blanking modes unknown to 'xorriso'.
     The scope is only a single data track per session to be written to
     blank, overwritable, or appendable media.  The medium gets closed
     if closing is applicable and not option -multi is present.
     If an input drive was acquired, then it is given up.  This is only
     allowed if no image changes are pending.
     dev= must be given as 'xorriso' device address.  Addresses like
     0,0,0 or ATA:1,1,0 are not supported.
     If a track source is given, then an automatic -commit happens at
     the end of the "cdrecord" option list.
     --grow_overwriteable_iso enables emulation of multi-session on
     overwritable media.  To enable emulation of a TOC, the first
     session needs -C 0,32 with -as mkisofs (but no -M) and
     --grow_overwriteable_iso write_start_address=32s with -as cdrecord.

     A much more elaborate libburn based cdrecord emulator is the
     program cdrskin.
     Personalites "*xorrecord*", "*wodim*", and "*cdrskin*" are aliases
     for "cdrecord".
     If 'xorriso' is started with one of the leafnames "xorrecord",
     "cdrskin", "cdrecord", or "wodim", then it automatically prepends
     -as "cdrskin" to the program arguments.  I.e.  all arguments will
     be interpreted cdrecord style until "--" is encountered.  From then
     on, arguments are interpreted as 'xorriso' commands.
     --no_rc as first argument of such a program start prevents
     interpretation of 'xorriso' startup files.  See section FILES
     below.
-read_mkisofsrc
     Try one by one to open for reading: ./.mkisofsrc , $MKISOFSRC ,
     $HOME/.mkisofsrc , $(dirname $0)/.mkisofsrc
     On success interpret the file content as of man mkisofs
     CONFIGURATION, and end this command.  Do not try further files.
     The last address is used only if start argument 0 has a non-trivial
     dirname.
     The reader currently interprets the following NAME=VALUE pairs:
     APPI (-application_id) , PUBL (-publisher) , SYSI (-system_id) ,
     VOLI (-volid) , VOLS (-volset_id)
     Any other lines will be silently ignored.
-genisoimage_completion "on"|"off"
     Enable or disable the completion of genisoimage options during -as
     mkisofs emulation.
     If enabled by "on", then unrecognized option arguments which begin
     by a dash '-' get compared against the known genisoimage options,
     like program genisoimage does unconditionally (and undocumentedly).
     If the given argument matches the beginning of exactly one
     genisoimage option, then it gets replaced by that option.  Option
     arguments which consist entirely of a leading dash and letters out
     of "dDfJlNRrTUvz" are not matched but rather interpreted as usual,
     i.e.  as multiple options with leading dash and each single letter.
     If no genisoimage option is found or more than one are found, then
     a SORRY message is issued and the argument stays as is.
     If disabled by "off", no completion of options happens.  Like with
     enabled completion, option arguments which consist entirely of
     letters out of "dDfJlNRrTUvz" are not matched but rather
     interpreted as multiple arguments with leading dash and each single
     letter.
-pacifier behavior_code
     Control behavior of UPDATE pacifiers during write operations.  The
     following behavior codes are defined:
     "xorriso" is the default format:
     Writing: sector XXXXX of YYYYYY [fifo active, nn% fill]
     "cdrecord" looks like:
     X of Y MB written (fifo nn%) [buf mmm%]
     "mkisofs"
     nn% done, estimate finish Tue Jul 15 20:13:28 2008
     The frequency of the messages can be adjusted by
     "interval=number"
     where number gives the seconds between two messages.  Permissible
     settings are 0.1 to 60.0.
-scdbackup_tag list_path record_name
     Set the parameter "name" for a scdbackup checksum record.  It will
     be appended in an scdbackup checksum tag to the -md5 session tag if
     the image starts at LBA 0.  This is the case if it gets written as
     first session onto a sequential medium, or piped into a program,
     named pipe or character device.
     If list_path is not empty then the record will also be appended to
     the data file given by this path.
     Program scdbackup_verify will recognize and verify tag and file
     record.
     An empty record_name disables this feature.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Scripting,  Next: Frontend,  Prev: Emulation,  Up: Commands

9.21 Scripting, dialog and program control features
===================================================

-no_rc

     Only if used as first program argument this command prevents
     reading and interpretation of startup files.  See section FILES
     below.
-options_from_file fileaddress
     Read quoted input from fileaddress and execute it like dialog
     lines.  Empty lines and lines which begin by # are ignored.
     Normally one line should hold one 'xorriso' command and all its
     parameters.  Nevertheless lines may be concatenated by a trailing
     backslash.
     See also section "Command processing", paragraph "Quoted input".
-help

     Print helptext.
-version
     Print program name and version, component versions, license.
-list_extras code
     Tell whether certain extra features were enabled at compile time
     and the environment provided the necessary system interfaces.
     Application of the enabled features might fail at run time because
     the system does not provide the necessary interfaces or the
     involved local filesystem does not provide the desired feature.
     Code "all" lists all features and a headline.  Other codes pick a
     single feature.  Code "codes" lists them.  They share names with
     related commands (see also there):
     "acl" tells whether xorriso has an adapter for local filesystems
     ACLs.
     "xattr" tells whether xorriso has an adapter for local filesystems
     EA.
     "lfa_flags" tells whether xorriso has an adapter for local Linux
     file attributes (see man 1 chattr).
     "projid" tells whether xorriso has an adapter for local XFS-style
     project ids.
     "jigdo" tells whether production of Jigdo files is possible.
     "zisofs" tells whether zisofs and built-in gzip filters are
     enabled.
     "external_filter" tells whether external filter processes are
     allowed and whether they are allowed if real user id and effective
     user id differ.
     "dvd_obs" tells whether 64 kB output to DVD media is default.
     "use_readline" tells whether readline may be enabled in dialog
     mode.
-history textline
     Copy textline into libreadline history.
-status mode|filter
     Print the current settings of 'xorriso'.  Modes:
     short...  print only important or altered settings
     long ...  print all settings including defaults
     long_history like long plus history lines
     Filters begin with '-' and are compared literally against the
     output lines of -status:long_history.  A line is put out only if
     its start matches the filter text.  No wildcards.
-status_history_max number
     Set maximum number of history lines to be reported with -status
     "long_history".
-list_delimiter word
     Set the list delimiter to be used instead of "--".  It has to be a
     single word, must not be empty, not longer than 80 characters, and
     must not contain quotation marks.
     For brevity the list delimiter is referred as "--" throughout this
     text.
-sh_style_result "on"|"off"
     Make the result output of some filesystem inspection commands look
     more like the output of equivalent shell commands.  The most
     important effect is to prevent the wrapping of file addresses into
     quotation marks with commands -pwd -pwdx -ls -lsd -lsl -lsdl -lsx
     -lsdx -lslx -lsdlx -du -dus -dux -dusx -findx -find
     This will make ambiguous the representation of file names which
     contain newline characters.  On the other hand it should facilitate
     integration of xorriso into shell scripts which already use the
     corresponding shell commands.
-backslash_codes "on"|"off"|mode[:mode]
     Enable or disable the interpretation of symbolic representations of
     special characters with quoted input, or with program arguments, or
     with program text output.  If enabled the following translations
     apply:
     \a=bell(007) \b=backspace(010) \e=Escape(033) \f=formfeed(014)
     \n=linefeed(012) \r=carriage_return(015) \t=tab(011)
     \v=vtab(013) \\=backslash(134) \[0-7][0-7][0-7]=octal_code
     \x[0-9a-f][0-9a-f]=hex_code \cC=control-C
     Translations can occur with quoted input in 3 modes:
     "in_double_quotes" translates only inside " quotation.
     "in_quotes" translates inside " and ' quotation.
     "with_quoted_input" translates inside and outside quotes.
     With the start program arguments there is mode:
     "with_program_arguments" translates program arguments.

     Mode "encode_output" encodes output characters.  It combines
     "encode_results" with "encode_infos".  Inside single or double
     quotation marks encoding applies to 8-bit characters octal 001 to
     037 , 177 to 377 and to backslash(134).  Outside quotation marks
     some harmless ASCII control characters stay unencoded: bell(007),
     backspace(010), tab(011), linefeed(012), formfeed(014),
     carriage_return(015).
     Mode "off" is default and disables any translation.  Mode "on" is
     "with_quoted_input:with_program_arguments:encode_output".
-temp_mem_limit number["k"|"m"]
     Set the maximum size of temporary memory to be used for image
     dependent buffering.  Currently this applies to pattern expansion,
     LBA sorting, restoring of hard links.
     Default is 16m = 16 MiB, minimum 64k = 64 kiB, maximum 1024m = 1
     GiB.
-print text
     Print a text line to the result channel which is by default stdout.
-print_info text
     Print a text line to the info channel which is by default stderr.
-print_mark text
     Print a text line to the mark channel which is by default directed
     to both, result and info channel.  An empty text will cause no
     output at all.
-prompt text
     Show text at beginning of output line and wait for the user to hit
     the Enter key or to send a line via stdin.
-sleep seconds
     Wait for the given number of seconds before performing the next
     command.  Expect coarse granularity no better than 1/100 seconds.
-errfile_log mode path|channel

     If problem events are related to input files from the filesystem,
     then their disk_paths can be logged to a file or to output channels
     R or I.
     Mode can either be "plain" or "marked".  The latter causes marker
     lines which give the time of log start, burn session start, burn
     session end, log end or program end.  In mode "plain", only the
     file paths are logged.
     If path is "-" or "-R" then the log is directed to the result
     channel.  Path "-I" directs it to the info message channel.  Any
     text that does not begin with "-" is used as path for a file to
     append the log lines.
     Problematic files can be recorded multiple times during one program
     run.  If the program run aborts then the list might not be complete
     because some input files might not have been processed at all.
     The errfile paths are transported as messages of very low severity
     "ERRFILE". This transport becomes visible with -report_about "ALL".
-session_log path
     If path is not empty it gives the address of a plain text file
     where a log record gets appended after each session.  This log can
     be used to determine the start_lba of a session for mount options
     -o sbsector= (on GNU/Linux) or -s (on FreeBSD) from date or volume
     ID.
     Record format is: timestamp start_lba size volume-id
     The first three items are single words, the rest of the line is the
     volume ID.
-scsi_log "on"|"off"
     Mode "on" enables very verbose logging of SCSI commands and drive
     replies.  Logging messages get printed to stderr, not to any of the
     'xorriso' output channels.
     A special property of this command is that the first -scsi_log
     setting among the start arguments is in effect already when the
     first operations of 'xorriso' begin.  Only "-scsi_log" with dash
     "-" is recognized that way.
-end

     End program after writing pending changes.
-rollback_end
     Discard pending changes.  End program immediately.
# any text
     Only in dialog or file execution mode, and only as first
     non-whitespace in line: Do not execute the line but store it in
     readline history.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Frontend,  Next: Reproducible,  Prev: Scripting,  Up: Commands

9.22 Support for frontend programs via stdin and stdout
=======================================================

-pkt_output "on"|"off"
     Consolidate text output on stdout and classify each line by a
     channel indicator:
     'R:' for result lines,
     'I:' for notes and error messages,
     'M:' for -mark texts.
     Next is a decimal number of which only bit 0 has a meaning for now.
     0 means no newline at end of payload, 1 means that the newline
     character at the end of the output line belongs to the payload.
     After another colon and a blank follows the payload text.
     Example:
     I:1: enter option and parameters :
-logfile channel fileaddress
     Copy output of a channel to the given file.  Channel may be one of:
     "."  for all channels, "I" for info messages, "R" for result lines,
     "M" for -mark texts.
-mark text
     If text is not empty it will get put out on "M" channel each time
     'xorriso' is ready for the next dialog line or before 'xorriso'
     performs a command that was entered to the pager prompt.
-msg_op opcode parameter_text
     This command shall facilitate extraction of particular information
     from the message output of other commands.  It gives access to the
     C API function Xorriso_parse_line() and to the message sieve that
     is provided by the C API. Please refer to their descriptions in
     file xorriso.h.  Further it helps to interpret the severity codes
     of info messages.
     Intended users are frontend programs which operate xorriso in
     dialog mode.
     The result output of this command is not caught by the message
     sieve.
     The following opcodes are defined:
     *start_sieve*
     Install the message sieve as of Xorriso_sieve_big() and start
     watching program messages.  The parameter_text has no meaning.
     *show_sieve*
     Show a list of filter rule names.  The parameter_text has no
     meaning.  The list begins by a line with the return value of
     Xorriso_sieve_get_result() with flag bit3.  If this value is larger
     than 0, then the next line tells the number of names.  The
     following lines show one name each.
     *read_sieve*
     Use the parameter_text as name of a filter rule and inquire its
     next recorded result.  See Xorriso_sieve_big() for a list of names
     and reply strings.
     The recorded strings are put out on result channel.  They get
     wrapped into lines which tell their structure.  The first line
     tells the return value of Xorriso_sieve_get_result().  The next
     line tells the number of strings.  Each string begins by a line
     that tells the number of lines of the string.  Then follow these
     lines.  They are to be concatenated with a newline character
     between each of them.  Finally the number of still available
     recorded results of the given name is put out.
     *clear_sieve*
     Dispose all recorded strings and continue watching program
     messages.  The parameter_text has no meaning.
     *end_sieve*
     Dispose the sieve with its filter rules and stop watching program
     messages.  The parameter_text has no meaning.
     *parse*
     Read a text from dialog input and submit it to
     Xorriso_parse_line().  The parameter_text word shall consist of
     several words separated by blanks.  It will be necessary to use
     both kinds of quotation marks.
     E.g.  "'ISO session :' " 0 0 1"
     The five parameter words are: prefix, separators, max_words, flag,
     number_of_input_lines.  The former four are handed over to
     Xorriso_parse_line().  The number of input lines minus one tells
     xorriso how many newline characters are part of the input text.
     The announced number of text lines will be read from dialog input,
     concatenated with a newline character between each of them, and
     submitted to Xorriso_parse_line() as parameter line.  Note that
     newlines outside of quotation marks are interpreted as separators
     if the separators parameter is empty.
     The parsed strings are put out on result channel.  They get wrapped
     into lines which tell their structure.  The first line tells the
     return value of Xorriso_parse_line().  The next line tells the
     number of strings.  Each string begins by a line that tells the
     number of lines of the string.  Then follow these lines.  They are
     to be concatenated with a newline character between each of them.
     If -backslash_codes "encode_output" is enabled, then the strings
     undergo encoding as if they were enclosed in quotes.  Escpecially
     each string will be put out as a single result line.
     *parse_bulk*
     Like "parse", but with the fifth parameter word being
     number_of_input_texts rather than number_of_input_lines.  Each
     input text has to be preceded by a line that tells
     number_of_input_lines as with "parse".  Then come the announced
     number of text lines.
     All input texts will be read before printing of result lines
     begins.  This consumes memory in xorriso.  So the
     number_of_input_texts should not be extremely high.  On the other
     hand, large transactions of command, input texts, and results are
     desirable if connection latency is an issue.
     *parse_silently*
     Like "parse" but not issuing a prompting message.  Confusing to
     humans.
     *parse_bulk_silently*
     Like "parse_bulk" but not issuing a prompting message.  Confusing
     to humans.
     *compare_sev*
     The parameter_text should contain two comma separated severity
     texts as issued by this program.  Like "SORRY,UPDATE". See also
     paragraph "Exception processing".
     These two severity texts get compared and a number gets printed to
     the result channel.  This number is 0 if both severities are equal.
     It is -1 if the first severity is lower than the second one.  It is
     1 is the first severity is higher than the second one.
     Above example "SORRY,UPDATE" will yield 1.
     *list_sev*
     Print to the result channel a blank separated list of all severity
     names.  Sorted from low to high severity.
-named_pipe_loop mode[:mode] disk_path_stdin disk_path_stdout disk_path_stderr
     Temporarily replace standard input, standard output and standard
     error by named pipes.  Enter dialog mode without readline.
     Defined modes are:
     "cleanup" removes the submitted pipe files when the loop ends.
     "keep" does not delete them.  This is the default.
     "buffered" reads all lines from the input pipe until EOF before it
     opens the output pipes and processes the input lines.
     "direct" opens the output pipes after the first input line was
     read.  Each line is executed directly after it is read.  This is
     the default.
     The other three parameters must either be disk paths to existing
     named pipes, or be "-" to leave the according standard i/o channel
     unreplaced.
     xorriso will open the stdin pipe, read and execute dialog lines
     from it until the sender closes the pipe.  The output pipes get
     opened depending on mode "buffered" or "direct".  After all lines
     are executed, xorriso will close its side of the pipes and enter a
     new cycle of opening, reading and executing.
     If an input line consists only of the word "end_named_pipe_loop"
     then -named_pipe_loop will end and further xorriso commands may be
     executed from other sources.
-launch_frontend program [arguments ...] --
     Start the program that is given as first parameter.  Submit the
     other parameters as program arguments.  Enable xorriso dialog mode.

     Two nameless pipe objects are created.  xorriso standard input gets
     connected to the standard output of the started program.  xorriso
     standard output and standard error get connected to the standard
     input of that program.
     xorriso will abort when the started program ends or if it cannot be
     started at all.  In both cases it will return a non-zero exit
     value.  The exit value will be zero if the frontend sends -end or
     -rollback_end before ending itself.
     This command may be totaly banned at compile time.  It is banned by
     default if xorriso runs under setuid permissions.
     The program name will not be searched in the $PATH directories.  To
     make this clear, it must contain at least one /-character.  Best is
     an absolute path.
     Example:
     xorriso -launch_frontend "$(which xorriso-tcltk)" -stdio -
     The frontend program should first send via its standard output:
     -mark 0 -pkt_output on -msg_op start_sieve - -reassure off
     It should be ready to decode -pkt_output and to react on -mark
     messages.  Best is to increment the -mark number after each sent
     command sequence and then to wait for the new number to show up in
     a mark message:
     ...some...commands...  -mark <incremented_number>
     Further are advised:
     -report_about UPDATE -abort_on NEVER
     -iso_rr_pattern off -disk_pattern off
     A check of the xorriso version should be done, in order to make
     sure that all desired features are present.
     Command -launch_frontend will only work once per xorriso run.  If
     no command parameters are submitted or if program is an empty text,
     then no program will be started but nevertheless -launch_frontend
     will be irrevocably disabled.
-prog text
     Use text as name of this program in subsequent messages
-prog_help text
     Use text as name of this program and perform -help.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Reproducible,  Next: Examples,  Prev: Frontend,  Up: Commands

9.23 Reproducibility considerations
===================================

Stable versions of xorriso are prepared to produce in repeated runs from
the same input files with the same file metadata and the same xorriso
commands the same ISO 9660 filesystem bytes.  The only exception are
bytes which depend on the current time of the xorriso run.
These time dependent values can be set to fixed values by the commands
-volume_date "uuid", -boot_image "any" "gpt_disk_guid=", -volume_date
"all_file_dates", and -iso_nowtime.  Instead of setting each of them, it
is possible to influence them all by the environment variable
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH.
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH belongs to the specification of
reproducible-builds.org.  It is supposed to be either undefined or to
contain a decimal number which tells the seconds since january 1st 1970.
If it contains a number, then it is used as time value to set the
default of -volume date "uuid", sets -boot_image "any" "gpt_disk_guid="
to "volume_date_uuid", -volume_date "all_file_dates" to "set_to_mtime",
and -iso_nowtime.
Startup files and xorriso commands can override the effect of
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH.

   Different versions of xorriso may or may not produce the same result
from the same input and commands.  Reproducibility may be prevented by
bug fixes or feature enhancements between versions.
xorriso puts its version information into the Preparer Id field of the
ISO 9660 Primary Volume Descriptor by default.  This may be desired in
order to clearly define which xorriso version has to be used for
reproduction.  But it may also be undesired because a wider range of
xorriso versions shall not be excluded from an attempt of reproduction.
Use command -preparer_id with a text other than "@xorriso@" if you want
to override the default at first production time.  This command may also
be used to explicitly set the preparer id as found in an ISO 9660
filesystem which shall be reproduced by a different version of xorriso.
The preparer id can be inquired by command -pvd_info.

   If reproducibility of xorriso results is desired, then the
precautions - like setting SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH - should be done already
with the original xorriso run.  All input files, the used xorriso
commands in exact sequence, the version of xorriso, and the possibly set
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH value should then be kept or recorded for later
re-use.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Examples,  Next: Files,  Prev: Commands,  Up: Top

10 Examples
***********

* Menu:

* ExDevices::    As superuser learn about available drives
* ExCreate::     Blank medium and compose a new ISO image as batch run
* ExDialog::     A dialog session doing about the same
* ExGrowing::    Manipulate an existing ISO image on the same medium
* ExModifying::  Copy modified ISO image from one medium to another
* ExBootable::   Bring a prepared ISOLINUX tree onto medium and make it bootable
* ExCharset::    Change existing file name tree from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
* ExPseudo::     Operate on storage facilities other than optical drives
* ExCdrecord::   Burn an existing ISO image file to medium
* ExMkisofs::    Perform multi-session runs as of cdrtools traditions
* ExGrowisofs::  Let 'xorriso' work underneath growisofs
* ExException::  Adjust thresholds for verbosity, exit value and program abort
* ExTime::       Examples of input timestrings
* ExIncBackup::  Incremental backup of a few directory trees
* ExRestore::    Restore directory trees from a particular ISO session to disk
* ExRecovery::   Try to retrieve blocks from a damaged medium


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExDevices,  Next: ExCreate,  Prev: Frontend,  Up: Examples

10.1 As superuser learn about available drives
==============================================

On Linux, FreeBSD or NetBSD consider to give rw-permissions to those
users or groups which shall be able to use the drives with 'xorriso'.
On Solaris use pfexec.  Consider to restrict privileges of 'xorriso' to
"base,sys_devices" and to give r-permission to user or group.

   $ xorriso -device_links
1 -dev '/dev/cdrom1' rwrw-- : 'TSSTcorp' 'DVD-ROM SH-D162C
1 -dev '/dev/cdrw' rwrw-- : 'TSSTcorp' 'CDDVDW SH-S223B'
2 -dev '/dev/cdrw3' rwrw-- : 'HL-DT-ST' 'BDDVDRW_GGC-H20L'


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExCreate,  Next: ExDialog,  Prev: ExDevices,  Up: Examples

10.2 Blank medium and compose a new ISO image as batch run
==========================================================

Acquire drive /dev/sr2, make medium ready for writing a new image, fill
the image with the files from hard disk directories /home/me/sounds and
/home/me/pictures.
Because no -dialog "on" is given, the program will then end by writing
the session to the medium.

   $ xorriso -outdev /dev/sr2 \
-blank as_needed \
-map /home/me/sounds /sounds \
-map /home/me/pictures /pictures


   The ISO image may be shaped in a more elaborate way like the
following: Omit some unwanted stuff by removing it from the image
directory tree.  Reintroduce some wanted stuff.

   $ cd /home/me
$ xorriso -outdev /dev/sr2 \
-blank as_needed \
-map /home/me/sounds /sounds \
-map /home/me/pictures /pictures \
-rm_r \
/sounds/indecent \
'/pictures/*private*' \
/pictures/confidential \
-- \
-cd / \
-add pictures/confidential/work* --

   Note that '/pictures/*private*' is a pattern for iso_rr_paths while
pictures/confidential/work* gets expanded by the shell with addresses
from the hard disk.  Commands -add and -map have different parameter
rules but finally the same effect: they put files into the image.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExDialog,  Next: ExGrowing,  Prev: ExCreate,  Up: Examples

10.3 A dialog session doing about the same as the previous example
==================================================================

Some settings are already given as start argument.  The other activities
are done as dialog input.  The pager gets set to 20 lines of 80
characters.
The drive is acquired by command -dev rather than -outdev in order to
see the message about its current content.  By command -blank this
content is made ready for being overwritten and the loaded ISO image is
made empty.
In order to be able to eject the medium, the session needs to be
committed explicitly.

   $ xorriso -dialog on -page 20 80 -disk_pattern on

   enter option and arguments :
-dev /dev/sr2

   enter option and arguments :
-blank as_needed

   enter option and arguments :
-map /home/me/sounds /sounds -map /home/me/pictures /pictures

   enter option and arguments :
-rm_r /sounds/indecent /pictures/*private* /pictures/confidential

   enter option and arguments :
-cdx /home/me/pictures -cd /pictures

   enter option and arguments :
-add confidential/office confidential/factory

   enter option and arguments :
-du /

   enter option and arguments :
-commit_eject all -end


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExGrowing,  Next: ExModifying,  Prev: ExDialog,  Up: Examples

10.4 Manipulate an existing ISO image on the same medium
========================================================

Load image from drive.  Remove (i.e.  hide) directory /sounds and its
subordinates.  Rename directory /pictures/confidential to
/pictures/restricted.  Change access permissions of directory
/pictures/restricted.  Add new directory trees /sounds and /movies.
Burn to the same medium, check whether the tree can be loaded, and
eject.

   $ xorriso -dev /dev/sr2 \
-rm_r /sounds -- \
-mv \
/pictures/confidential \
/pictures/restricted \
-- \
-chmod go-rwx /pictures/restricted -- \
-map /home/me/prepared_for_dvd/sounds_dummy /sounds \
-map /home/me/prepared_for_dvd/movies /movies \
-commit -eject all


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExModifying,  Next: ExBootable,  Prev: ExGrowing,  Up: Examples

10.5 Copy modified ISO image from one medium to another
=======================================================

Load image from input drive.  Do the same manipulations as in the
previous example.  Acquire output drive and blank it.  Burn the modified
image as first and only session to the output drive.

   $ xorriso -indev /dev/sr2 \
-rm_r /sounds -- \
...
-outdev /dev/sr0 -blank as_needed \
-commit -eject all


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExBootable,  Next: ExCharset,  Prev: ExModifying,  Up: Examples

10.6 Bring a prepared ISOLINUX tree onto medium and make it bootable
====================================================================

The user has already created a suitable file tree on disk and copied the
ISOLINUX files into subdirectory ./boot/isolinux of that tree.  Now
'xorriso' can burn an El Torito bootable medium:

   $ xorriso -outdev /dev/sr0 -blank as_needed \
-map /home/me/ISOLINUX_prepared_tree / \
-boot_image isolinux dir=/boot/isolinux


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExCharset,  Next: ExPseudo,  Prev: ExBootable,  Up: Examples

10.7 Change existing file name tree from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8
============================================================

This example assumes that the existing ISO image was written with
character set ISO-8859-1 but that the readers expected UTF-8.  Now a new
session gets added with converted file names.  Command -changes_pending
"yes" enables writing despite the lack of any manipulation command.
In order to avoid any weaknesses of the local character set, this
command pretends that it uses already the final target set UTF-8.
Therefore strange file names may appear in messages, which will be made
terminal-safe by command -backslash_codes.

   $ xorriso -in_charset ISO-8859-1 -local_charset UTF-8 \
-out_charset UTF-8 -backslash_codes on -dev /dev/sr0 \
-changes_pending yes -commit -eject all


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExPseudo,  Next: ExCdrecord,  Prev: ExCharset,  Up: Examples

10.8 Operate on storage facilities other than optical drives
============================================================

Full read-write operation is possible with regular files and block
devices:

   $ xorriso -dev /tmp/regular_file ...

   Paths underneath /dev normally need prefix "stdio:"

   $ xorriso -dev stdio:/dev/sdb ...

   If /dev/sdb is to be used frequently and /dev/sda is the system disk,
then consider to place the following lines in a 'xorriso' Startup File.
They allow you to use /dev/sdb without prefix and protect disk /dev/sda
from 'xorriso':

   -drive_class banned /dev/sda*
-drive_class harmless /dev/sdb

   Other writeable file types are supported write-only:

   $ xorriso -outdev /tmp/named_pipe ...

   Among the write-only drives is standard output:

   $ xorriso -outdev - \
...
| gzip >image.iso.gz


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExCdrecord,  Next: ExMkisofs,  Prev: ExPseudo,  Up: Examples

10.9 Burn an existing ISO image file to medium
==============================================

Actually this works with any kind of data, not only ISO images:

   $ xorriso -as cdrecord -v dev=/dev/sr0 blank=as_needed image.iso


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExMkisofs,  Next: ExGrowisofs,  Prev: ExCdrecord,  Up: Examples

10.10 Perform multi-session runs as of cdrtools traditions
==========================================================

Between both processes there can be performed arbitrary transportation
or filtering.
The first session is written like this:

   $ xorriso -as mkisofs prepared_for_iso/tree1 | \
xorriso -as cdrecord -v dev=/dev/sr0 blank=fast -multi -eject -

   Follow-up sessions are written like this (the run of dd is only to
give demons a chance to spoil it):

   $ m=$(xorriso -as cdrecord dev=/dev/sr0 -msinfo)
$ dd if=/dev/sr0 count=1 >/dev/null 2>&1
$ xorriso -as mkisofs -M /dev/sr0 -C $m prepared_for_iso/tree2 | \
xorriso -as cdrecord -v dev=/dev/sr0 -waiti -multi -eject -

   Always eject the drive tray between sessions.
The run of xorriso -as mkisofs will read old sessions via the CD-ROM
driver of /dev/sr0.  This driver might not be aware of the changed
content as long as the medium is not loaded again.  In this case the
previous session would not be properly assessed by xorriso and the new
session would contain only the newly added files.
Some systems have not enough patience with automatic tray loading and
some demons may interfere with a first CD-ROM driver read attempt from a
freshly loaded medium.
When loading the tray manually, wait 10 seconds after the drive has
stopped blinking.
A safe automatic way seems to be a separate run of xorriso for loading
the tray with proper waiting, and a subsequent run of dd which shall
offer itself to any problems caused by demons assessing the changed
drive status.  If this does not help, insert a run of "sleep 10" between
xorriso and dd.

   This example works for multi-session media only.  Add cdrskin option
--grow_overwriteable_iso to all -as cdrecord runs in order to enable
multi-session emulation on overwritable media.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExGrowisofs,  Next: ExException,  Prev: ExMkisofs,  Up: Examples

10.11 Let 'xorriso' work underneath growisofs
=============================================

growisofs expects an ISO formatter program which understands options -C
and -M. If 'xorriso' gets started by name "xorrisofs" then it is
suitable for that.

   $ export MKISOFS="xorrisofs"
$ growisofs -Z /dev/dvd /some/files
$ growisofs -M /dev/dvd /more/files

   If no "xorrisofs" is available on your system, then you will have to
create a link pointing to the 'xorriso' binary and tell growisofs to use
it.  E.g.  by:

   $ ln -s $(which xorriso) "$HOME/xorrisofs"
$ export MKISOFS="$HOME/xorrisofs"

   One may quit mkisofs emulation by argument "--" and make use of all
'xorriso' commands.  growisofs dislikes options which start with "-o"
but -outdev must be set to "-".  So use "outdev" instead:

   $ growisofs -Z /dev/dvd -- outdev - -update_r /my/files /files
$ growisofs -M /dev/dvd -- outdev - -update_r /my/files /files

   growisofs has excellent burn capabilities with DVD and BD. It does
not emulate session history on overwritable media, though.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExException,  Next: ExTime,  Prev: ExGrowisofs,  Up: Examples

10.12 Adjust thresholds for verbosity, exit value and program abort
===================================================================

Be quite verbose, exit 32 if severity "FAILURE" was encountered, do not
abort prematurely but forcibly go on until the end of commands.

   $ xorriso ...  \
-report_about UPDATE \
-return_with FAILURE 32 \
-abort_on NEVER \
...


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExTime,  Next: ExIncBackup,  Prev: ExException,  Up: Examples

10.13 Examples of input timestrings
===================================

As printed by program date:
'Thu Nov 8 14:51:13 CET 2007'

   The same without ignored parts:
'Nov 8 14:51:13 2007'

   The same as expected by date:
110814512007.13

   Four weeks in the future:
+4w

   The current time:
+0

   Three hours ago:
-3h

   Seconds since Jan 1 1970:
=1194531416


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExIncBackup,  Next: ExRestore,  Prev: ExTime,  Up: Examples

10.14 Incremental backup of a few directory trees
=================================================

This changes the directory trees /projects and /personal_mail in the ISO
image so that they become exact copies of their disk counterparts.  ISO
file objects get created, deleted or get their attributes adjusted
accordingly.
ACL, xattr, hard links and MD5 checksums will be recorded.  Accelerated
comparison is enabled at the expense of potentially larger backup size.
Only media with the expected volume ID or blank media are accepted.
Files with names matching *.o or *.swp get excluded explicitly.
When done with writing the new session gets checked by its recorded MD5.


   $ xorriso \
-abort_on FATAL \
-for_backup -disk_dev_ino on \
-assert_volid 'PROJECTS_MAIL_*' FATAL \
-dev /dev/sr0 \
-volid PROJECTS_MAIL_"$(date '+%Y_%m_%d_%H%M%S')" \
-not_leaf '*.o' -not_leaf '*.swp' \
-update_r /home/thomas/projects /projects \
-update_r /home/thomas/personal_mail /personal_mail \
-commit -toc -check_md5 FAILURE -- -eject all

   To be used several times on the same medium, whenever an update of
the two disk trees to the medium is desired.  Begin with a blank medium
and update it until the run fails gracefully due to lack of remaining
space on the old one.
This makes sense if the full backup leaves substantial remaining
capacity on media and if the expected changes are much smaller than the
full backup.  To apply zisofs compression to those data files which get
newly copied from the local filesystem, insert these commands
immediately before -commit :

   -hardlinks perform_update \
-find / -type f -pending_data -exec set_filter --zisofs -- \

   Commands -disk_dev_ino and -for_backup depend on stable device and
inode numbers on disk.  Without them, an update run may use -md5 "on" to
match recorded MD5 sums against the current file content on hard disk.
This is usually much faster than the default which compares both
contents directly.
With *mount* option *-o "sbsector="* on GNU/Linux or *-s* on FreeBSD or
NetBSD it is possible to access the session trees which represent the
older backup versions.  With CD media, GNU/Linux mount accepts session
numbers directly by its option "session=".
Multi-session media and most overwritable media written by 'xorriso' can
tell the sbsectors of their sessions by 'xorriso' command -toc.  Used
after -commit the following command prints the matching mount command
for the newly written session (here for mount point /mnt):

   -mount_cmd "indev" "auto" "auto" /mnt

   Commands -mount_cmd and -mount are also able to produce the mount
commands for older sessions in the table-of-content.  E.g.  as
superuser:

   # osirrox -mount /dev/sr0 "volid" '*2008_12_05*' /mnt

   Above example produces a result similar to -root / -old-root / with
mkisofs.  For getting the session trees accumulated in the new sessions,
let all -update commands use a common parent directory and clone it
after updating is done:
-update_r /home/thomas/projects /current/projects \
-update_r /home/thomas/personal_mail /current/personal_mail \
-clone /current /"$(date '+%Y_%m_%d_%H%M%S')" \
The cloned tree will have a name like /2011_02_12_155700.

   Sessions on multi-session media are separated by several MB of unused
blocks.  So with small sessions the payload capacity can become
substantially lower than the overall media capacity.  If the remaining
space on a medium does not suffice for the next gap, the drive is
supposed to close the medium automatically.

   *Better do not use your youngest backup for -update_r*.  Have at
least two media which you use alternatingly.  So only older backups get
endangered by the new write operation, while the newest backup is stored
safely on a different medium.
Always have a blank medium ready to perform a full backup in case the
update attempt fails due to insufficient remaining capacity.  This
failure will not spoil the old medium, of course.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExRestore,  Next: ExRecovery,  Prev: ExIncBackup,  Up: Examples

10.15 Restore directory trees from a particular ISO session to disk
===================================================================

This is an alternative to mounting the medium and using normal file
operations.
First check which backup sessions are on the medium:

   $ xorriso -outdev /dev/sr0 -toc

   Then enable restoring of ACL, xattr and hard links.  Load the desired
session and copy the file trees to disk.  Avoid to create
/home/thomas/restored without rwx-permission.

   $ xorriso -for_backup \
-load volid 'PROJECTS_MAIL_2008_06_19*' \
-indev /dev/sr0 \
-osirrox on:auto_chmod_on \
-chmod u+rwx / -- \
-extract /projects /home/thomas/restored/projects \
-extract /personal_mail /home/thomas/restored/personal_mail \
-rollback_end

   The final command -rollback_end prevents an error message about the
altered image being discarded.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ExRecovery,  Prev: ExRestore,  Up: Examples

10.16 Try to retrieve blocks from a damaged medium
==================================================



$ xorriso -abort_on NEVER -indev /dev/sr0 \
-check_media time_limit=1800 report=blocks_files \
data_to="$HOME"/dvd_copy sector_map="$HOME"/dvd_copy.map --

   This can be repeated several times, if necessary with -eject or with
other -indev drives.  See the human readable part of
"$HOME"/dvd_copy.map for addresses which can be used on "$HOME"/dvd_copy
with mount option -o sbsector= or -s.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Files,  Next: Environ,  Prev: Examples,  Up: Top

11 Files
********


11.1 Program Alias Names
========================

Normal installation of 'xorriso' creates three links or copies which by
their program name pre-select certain settings:

   *xorrisofs* starts 'xorriso' with -as mkisofs emulation.
*xorrecord* starts 'xorriso' with -as cdrecord emulation.
*osirrox* starts with -osirrox "on:o_excl_off" which allows further
commands to copy files from ISO image to disk and to apply command
-mount to one or more of the existing ISO sessions.

11.2 Startup Files
==================


If not -no_rc is given as the first argument then 'xorriso' attempts on
startup to read and execute lines from the following files:

   /etc/default/xorriso
/etc/opt/xorriso/rc
/etc/xorriso/xorriso.conf
$HOME/.xorrisorc

   The files are read in the sequence given above, but none of them is
required to exist.  The line format is described with command
-options_from_file.
If mkisofs emulation was enabled by program name "xorrisofs", "mkisofs",
"genisoimage", or "genisofs", then afterwards -read_mkisofsrc is
performed, which reads .mkisofsrc files.  See there.

11.3 Runtime control files
==========================


The default setting of -check_media abort_file= is:

   /var/opt/xorriso/do_abort_check_media


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Environ,  Next: Seealso,  Prev: Files,  Up: Top

12 Environ
**********

The following environment variables influence the program behavior:
HOME is used to find startup files of xorriso and mkisofs.
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH belongs to the specs of reproducible-builds.org.  See
above paragraph "Reproducibility considerations".


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Seealso,  Next: Bugreport,  Prev: Environ,  Up: Top

13 See also
***********

For the mkisofs emulation of 'xorriso'
     xorrisofs(1)
For the cdrecord emulation of 'xorriso'
     xorrecord(1)
For mounting 'xorriso' generated ISO 9660 images (-t iso9660)
     mount(8)
Libreadline, a comfortable input line facility
     readline(3)
Other programs which produce ISO 9660 images
     mkisofs(8), genisoimage(1)
Other programs which burn sessions to optical media
     growisofs(1), cdrecord(1), wodim(1), cdrskin(1)
ACL, xattr, Linux file attributes, project ids
     getfacl(1), setfacl(1), getfattr(1), setfattr(1), lsattr(1),
     chattr(1), ext4(5), xfs_quota(8)
MD5 checksums
     md5sum(1)
On FreeBSD some commands differ:
     getextattr(8), setextattr(8), md5(1)


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Bugreport,  Next: Legal,  Prev: Seealso,  Up: Top

14 Reporting bugs
*****************

To report bugs, request help, or suggest enhancements for 'xorriso',
please send electronic mail to the public list <bug-xorriso@gnu.org>.
If more privacy is desired, mail to <scdbackup@gmx.net>.

   Please describe what you expect 'xorriso' to do, the program
arguments or dialog commands by which you tried to achieve it, the
messages of 'xorriso', and the undesirable outcome of your program run.

   Expect to get asked more questions before solutions can be proposed.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: Legal,  Next: CommandIdx,  Prev: Bugreport,  Up: Top

15 Author, Copyright, Credits
*****************************

15.1 Author
===========

Thomas Schmitt <scdbackup@gmx.net>
for libburnia-project.org

15.2 Copyright
==============

Copyright (c) 2007 - 2026 Thomas Schmitt
Permission is granted to distribute this text freely.  It shall only be
modified in sync with the technical properties of 'xorriso'.  If you
make use of the license to derive modified versions of 'xorriso' then
you are entitled to modify this text under that same license.

15.3 Credits
============

'xorriso' is in part based on work by Vreixo Formoso who provides
libisofs together with Mario Danic who also leads the libburnia team.
Vladimir Serbinenko contributed the HFS+ filesystem code and related
knowledge.  Thanks to Andy Polyakov who invented emulated growing, to
Derek Foreman and Ben Jansens who once founded libburn.
Compliments towards Joerg Schilling whose cdrtools served me for ten
years.


File: xorriso.info,  Node: CommandIdx,  Next: ConceptIdx,  Prev: Legal,  Up: Top

16 Alphabetic Command List
**************************

[index]
* Menu:

* # starts a comment line:               Scripting.           (line 164)
* -abort_on controls abort on error:     Exception.           (line  28)
* -abstract_file sets abstract file name: SetWrite.           (line 336)
* -acl controls handling of ACLs:        Loading.             (line 190)
* -add inserts one or more paths:        Insert.              (line  44)
* -add_plainly inserts one or more paths: Insert.             (line  68)
* -alter_date sets timestamps in ISO image: Manip.            (line 181)
* -alter_date_r sets timestamps in ISO image: Manip.          (line 216)
* -append_partition adds arbitrary file after image end: Bootable.
                                                              (line 490)
* -application_id sets application id:   SetWrite.            (line 279)
* -application_use sets application use field: SetWrite.      (line 361)
* -as emulates mkisofs or cdrecord:      Emulation.           (line  13)
* -assert_volid rejects undesired images: Loading.            (line 130)
* -assess_indev_features shows filesystem features: Inquiry.  (line  61)
* -auto_charset learns character set from image: Loading.     (line 142)
* -backslash_codes enables backslash conversion: Scripting.   (line  79)
* -ban_stdio_write demands real drive:   Loading.             (line 495)
* -biblio_file sets biblio file name:    SetWrite.            (line 343)
* -blank erases media:                   Writing.             (line  57)
* -boot_image controls bootability:      Bootable.            (line  75)
* -calm_drive reduces drive activity:    Loading.             (line 479)
* -cd sets working directory in ISO:     Navigate.            (line   7)
* -cdx sets working directory on disk:   Navigate.            (line  15)
* -changes_pending overrides change status: Writing.          (line  12)
* -charset sets input/output character set: Charset.          (line  54)
* -chattr sets Linux file attributes in ISO image: Manip.     (line 139)
* -chattr_r sets Linux file attributes in ISO image: Manip.   (line 166)
* -check_md5 verifies file checksum:     Verify.              (line 184)
* -check_md5_r verifies file tree checksums: Verify.          (line 202)
* -check_media reads media block by block: Verify.            (line  21)
* -check_media_defaults sets -check_media options: Verify.    (line  40)
* -chgrp sets group in ISO image:        Manip.               (line  49)
* -chgrp_r sets group in ISO image:      Manip.               (line  53)
* -chmod sets permissions in ISO image:  Manip.               (line  55)
* -chmod_r sets permissions in ISO image: Manip.              (line  66)
* -chown sets ownership in ISO image:    Manip.               (line  43)
* -chown_r sets ownership in ISO image:  Manip.               (line  47)
* -clone copies ISO directory tree:      Insert.              (line 196)
* -close controls media closing:         SetWrite.            (line 574)
* -close_damaged closes damaged track and session: Writing.   (line 211)
* -close_filter_list bans filter registration: Filter.        (line  50)
* -commit writes pending ISO image:      Writing.             (line  27)
* -commit_eject writes and ejects:       Writing.             (line  53)
* -compare reports ISO/disk differences: Navigate.            (line 198)
* -compare_l reports ISO/disk differences: Navigate.          (line 214)
* -compare_r reports ISO/disk differences: Navigate.          (line 210)
* -compliance controls standard compliance: SetWrite.         (line  62)
* -concat copies ISO file content:       Restore.             (line 148)
* -copyright_file sets copyright file name: SetWrite.         (line 329)
* -cpax copies files to disk:            Restore.             (line 128)
* -cpr inserts like with cp -r:          Insert.              (line 175)
* -cpx copies files to disk:             Restore.             (line 117)
* -cp_clone copies ISO directory tree:   Insert.              (line 207)
* -cp_rx copies file trees to disk:      Restore.             (line 131)
* -cp_rx copies file trees to disk <1>:  Restore.             (line 139)
* -cut_out inserts piece of data file or device: Insert.      (line 139)
* -data_cache_size adjusts read cache size: Loading.          (line 511)
* -dev acquires one drive for input and output: AqDrive.      (line  12)
* -devices gets list of drives:          Inquiry.             (line   7)
* -device_links gets list of drives:     Inquiry.             (line  17)
* -dialog enables dialog mode:           DialogCtl.           (line   7)
* -disk_dev_ino fast incremental backup: Loading.             (line 399)
* -disk_pattern controls pattern expansion: Insert.           (line  34)
* -displacement compensate altered image start address: Loading.
                                                              (line 103)
* -drive_access control device file locking: AqDrive.         (line  72)
* -drive_class controls drive accessability: AqDrive.         (line  43)
* -du show directory size in ISO image:  Navigate.            (line  97)
* -dummy controls write simulation:      SetWrite.            (line 566)
* -dus show directory size in ISO image: Navigate.            (line 100)
* -dusx show directory size on disk:     Navigate.            (line 107)
* -dux show directory size on disk:      Navigate.            (line 103)
* -dvd_obs set write block size and end alignment: SetWrite.  (line 490)
* -early_stdio_test classifies stdio drives: Loading.         (line 499)
* -ecma119_map names w/o Rock Ridge, Joliet: Loading.         (line 372)
* -eject ejects drive tray:              Writing.             (line  50)
* -end writes pending session and ends program: Scripting.    (line 159)
* -errfile_log logs problematic disk files: Scripting.        (line 124)
* -error_behavior controls error workarounds: Exception.      (line  93)
* -external_filter registers data filter: Filter.             (line  20)
* -external_filter unregisters data filter: Filter.           (line  47)
* -extract copies file tree to disk:     Restore.             (line  90)
* -extract_boot_images copies boot equipment to disk: Restore.
                                                              (line 176)
* -extract_cut copies file piece to disk: Restore.            (line 108)
* -extract_l copies files to disk:       Restore.             (line 104)
* -extract_single copies file to disk:   Restore.             (line 101)
* -file_name_limit curbs length of file names: Loading.       (line 419)
* -file_size_limit limits data file size: SetInsert.          (line   7)
* -find traverses and alters ISO tree:   CmdFind.             (line   7)
* -findx traverses disk tree:            Navigate.            (line 110)
* -follow softlinks and mount points:    SetInsert.           (line  82)
* -format formats media:                 Writing.             (line  87)
* -for_backup acl,xattr,hardlinks,md5,lfa_flags,projid: Loading.
                                                              (line 347)
* -fs sets size of fifo:                 SetWrite.            (line 569)
* -genisoimage_completion completion of genisoimage options: Emulation.
                                                              (line 166)
* -getfacl shows ACL in ISO image:       Navigate.            (line  60)
* -getfacl_r shows ACL in ISO image:     Navigate.            (line  66)
* -getfattr shows xattr in ISO image:    Navigate.            (line  69)
* -getfattr_r shows xattr in ISO image:  Navigate.            (line  75)
* -get_projid shows XFS-style project ids in ISO image: Navigate.
                                                              (line  90)
* -get_projid_r shows XFS-style project ids in ISO image: Navigate.
                                                              (line  94)
* -gid sets global ownership:            SetWrite.            (line 382)
* -grow_blindly overrides next writeable address: AqDrive.    (line 112)
* -hardlinks controls handling of hard links: Loading.        (line 153)
* -help prints help text:                Scripting.           (line  19)
* -hfsplus enables production of HFS+ partition: SetWrite.    (line  14)
* -hide excludes file names from directory trees: Manip.      (line 219)
* -history brings text into readline history: Scripting.      (line  50)
* -indev acquires a drive for input:     AqDrive.             (line  23)
* -in_charset sets input character set:  Loading.             (line 137)
* -iso_nowtime fixed "now" time for ISO 9660 objects: Loading.
                                                              (line 393)
* -iso_rr_pattern controls pattern expansion: Manip.          (line  10)
* -jigdo clears JTE or or adds parameter to JTE: Jigdo.       (line  37)
* -joliet enables production of Joliet tree: SetWrite.        (line  10)
* -joliet_map Joliet names:              Loading.             (line 385)
* -launch_frontend starts frontend program at pipes: Frontend.
                                                              (line 141)
* -lfa_flags controls handling of Linux file attributes: Loading.
                                                              (line 208)
* -list_arg_sorting prints sorting order of -x: ArgSort.      (line  26)
* -list_delimiter replaces '--':         Scripting.           (line  63)
* -list_extras lists compile time extra features: Scripting.  (line  24)
* -list_formats lists available formats: Writing.             (line 130)
* -list_profiles lists supported media:  Writing.             (line 165)
* -list_speeds lists available write speeds: Writing.         (line 141)
* -lns creates ISO symbolic link:        Insert.              (line 192)
* -load addresses a particular session as input: Loading.     (line  55)
* -local_charset sets terminal character set: Charset.        (line  57)
* -logfile logs output channels to file: Frontend.            (line  19)
* -ls lists files in ISO image:          Navigate.            (line  24)
* -lsattr shows Linux file attributes in ISO image: Navigate. (line  78)
* -lsattrd shows Linux directory attributes in ISO image: Navigate.
                                                              (line  86)
* -lsd lists files in ISO image:         Navigate.            (line  31)
* -lsdl lists files in ISO image:        Navigate.            (line  42)
* -lsdlx lists files on disk:            Navigate.            (line  57)
* -lsdx lists files on disk:             Navigate.            (line  51)
* -lsl lists files in ISO image:         Navigate.            (line  34)
* -lslx lists files on disk:             Navigate.            (line  54)
* -lsx lists files on disk:              Navigate.            (line  45)
* -map inserts path:                     Insert.              (line  89)
* -map_l inserts paths from disk file:   Insert.              (line  96)
* -map_single inserts path:              Insert.              (line  93)
* -mark sets synchronizing message:      Frontend.            (line  23)
* -md5 controls handling of MD5 sums:    Loading.             (line 316)
* -mkdir creates ISO directory:          Insert.              (line 188)
* -modesty_on_drive keep drive buffer hungry: SetWrite.       (line 509)
* -mount issues mount command for ISO session: Restore.       (line 204)
* -mount_cmd composes mount command line: Inquiry.            (line  94)
* -mount_cmd controls mount command:     Inquiry.             (line 112)
* -msg_op perform operations on program messages: Frontend.   (line  27)
* -mv renames files in ISO image:        Manip.               (line  37)
* -mv renames single file in ISO image:  Manip.               (line  31)
* -named_pipe_loop enters EOF resistant dialog: Frontend.     (line 119)
* -not_leaf sets exclusion pattern:      SetInsert.           (line  72)
* -not_list sets exclusions from disk file: SetInsert.        (line  76)
* -not_mgt controls file exclusion:      SetInsert.           (line  27)
* -not_paths sets absolute exclusion paths: SetInsert.        (line  59)
* -no_rc disables startup files:         Scripting.           (line   7)
* -options_from_file reads commands from file: Scripting.     (line  12)
* -osirrox enables ISO-to-disk copying:  Restore.             (line  25)
* -outdev acquires a drive for output:   AqDrive.             (line  29)
* -out_charset sets output character set: SetWrite.           (line 374)
* -overwrite enables overwriting in ISO: SetInsert.           (line 145)
* -pacifier controls pacifier text form: Emulation.           (line 184)
* -padding sets amount or mode of image padding: SetWrite.    (line 597)
* -page set terminal geometry:           DialogCtl.           (line  18)
* -paste_in copies file into disk file:  Restore.             (line 142)
* -pathspecs sets meaning of = with -add: SetInsert.          (line 129)
* -path_list inserts paths from disk file: Insert.            (line  81)
* -perform_opc controls explicit OPC:    SetWrite.            (line 610)
* -pkt_output consolidates text output:  Frontend.            (line   7)
* -preparer_id sets preparer id:         SetWrite.            (line 349)
* -print prints result text line:        Scripting.           (line 110)
* -print_info prints message text line:  Scripting.           (line 112)
* -print_mark prints synchronizing text line: Scripting.      (line 114)
* -print_size predicts image size:       Inquiry.             (line 133)
* -prog sets program name:               Frontend.            (line 176)
* -prog_help prints help text:           Frontend.            (line 178)
* -projid controls handling of XFS-style project ids: Loading.
                                                              (line 282)
* -prompt prompts for enter key:         Scripting.           (line 118)
* -publisher sets publisher id:          SetWrite.            (line 273)
* -pvd_info shows image id strings:      Inquiry.             (line 155)
* -pwd tells working directory in ISO:   Navigate.            (line  19)
* -pwdx tells working directory on disk: Navigate.            (line  21)
* -quoted_not_list sets exclusions:      SetInsert.           (line  79)
* -quoted_path_list inserts paths from disk file: Insert.     (line  85)
* -read_fs filesystem type for image loading: Loading.        (line 121)
* -read_mkisofsrc searches and reads .mkisofsrc file: Emulation.
                                                              (line 155)
* -read_speed set read speed:            Loading.             (line  11)
* -reassure enables confirmation question: DialogCtl.         (line  29)
* -report_about controls verbosity:      Exception.           (line  54)
* -report_el_torito shows Boot Catalog:  Inquiry.             (line 165)
* -report_system_area shows MBR, GPT, and alike: Inquiry.     (line 200)
* -return_with controls exit value:      Exception.           (line  39)
* -rm deletes files from ISO image:      Manip.               (line  20)
* -rmdir deletes ISO directory:          Manip.               (line  29)
* -rm_r deletes trees from ISO image:    Manip.               (line  26)
* -rockridge disables production of Rock Ridge info: SetWrite.
                                                              (line  57)
* -rollback discards pending changes:    Writing.             (line   9)
* -rollback_end ends program without writing: Scripting.      (line 162)
* -rom_toc_scan searches for sessions:   Loading.             (line 451)
* -rr_reloc_dir sets name of relocation directory: SetWrite.  (line 211)
* -scdbackup_tag enables scdbackup checksum tag: Emulation.   (line 197)
* -scsi_dev_family choose Linux device file type: AqDrive.    (line  95)
* -scsi_log reports SCSI commands:       Scripting.           (line 151)
* -session_log logs written sessions:    Scripting.           (line 142)
* -session_string composes session info line: Inquiry.        (line 121)
* -setfacl sets ACL in ISO image:        Manip.               (line  68)
* -setfacl_list sets ACL in ISO image:   Manip.               (line  94)
* -setfacl_r sets ACL in ISO image:      Manip.               (line  92)
* -setfattr sets xattr in ISO image:     Manip.               (line 103)
* -setfattr_list sets xattr in ISO image: Manip.              (line 120)
* -setfattr_r sets xattr in ISO image:   Manip.               (line 118)
* -set_filter applies filter to file:    Filter.              (line  58)
* -set_filter_r applies filter to file tree: Filter.          (line  84)
* -set_projid sets XFS-style project ids in ISO image: Manip. (line 173)
* -set_projid_r sets XFS-style project ids in ISO image: Manip.
                                                              (line 178)
* -show_stream shows data source and filters: Navigate.       (line 218)
* -show_stream_r shows data source and filters: Navigate.     (line 236)
* -sh_style_result makes results look more like shell: Scripting.
                                                              (line  69)
* -signal_handling controls handling of system signals: Exception.
                                                              (line  67)
* -sleep waits for a given time span:    Scripting.           (line 121)
* -speed set write speed:                SetWrite.            (line 460)
* -split_size enables large file splitting: SetInsert.        (line 159)
* -status shows current settings:        Scripting.           (line  52)
* -status_history_max curbs -status history: Scripting.       (line  60)
* -stdio_sync controls stdio buffer:     SetWrite.            (line 559)
* -stream_recording controls defect management: SetWrite.     (line 479)
* -system_id sets system id:             SetWrite.            (line 288)
* -tell_media_space reports free space:  Inquiry.             (line 145)
* -temp_mem_limit curbs memory consumption: Scripting.        (line 104)
* -toc shows list of sessions:           Inquiry.             (line  27)
* -toc_info_type shows list of sessions: Inquiry.             (line  49)
* -toc_of shows list of sessions:        Inquiry.             (line  41)
* -truncate_overwritable activates older session: Writing.    (line 169)
* -uid sets global ownership:            SetWrite.            (line 379)
* -update inserts path if different:     Insert.              (line 100)
* -update_l inserts paths if different:  Insert.              (line 120)
* -update_l inserts paths if different <1>: Insert.           (line 128)
* -update_li inserts paths if different: Insert.              (line 124)
* -update_r inserts paths if different:  Insert.              (line 110)
* -use_immed_bit controls use of Immed bit: SetWrite.         (line 547)
* -use_readline enables readline for dialog: DialogCtl.       (line  26)
* -version prints help text:             Scripting.           (line  22)
* -volid sets volume id for all filesystems: SetWrite.        (line 265)
* -volid_for sets volume id for some filesystems: SetWrite.   (line 229)
* -volset_id sets volume set id:         SetWrite.            (line 268)
* -volume_date sets volume timestamp:    SetWrite.            (line 295)
* -write_type chooses TAO or SAO/DAO:    SetWrite.            (line 590)
* -x enables automatic execution order of arguments: ArgSort. (line  16)
* -xattr controls handling of xattr (EA): Loading.            (line 197)
* -zisofs controls zisofs production:    SetWrite.            (line 385)


File: xorriso.info,  Node: ConceptIdx,  Prev: CommandIdx,  Up: Top

17 Alphabetic List of Concepts and Objects
******************************************

[index]
* Menu:

* ACL, control handling, -acl:           Loading.             (line 190)
* ACL, set in ISO image, -setfacl:       Manip.               (line  68)
* ACL, set in ISO image, -setfacl_list:  Manip.               (line  94)
* ACL, set in ISO image, -setfacl_r:     Manip.               (line  92)
* ACL, show in ISO image, -getfacl:      Navigate.            (line  60)
* ACL, show in ISO image, -getfacl_r:    Navigate.            (line  66)
* ACL, _definition:                      Extras.              (line  50)
* APM block size:                        Bootable.            (line 481)
* APM, _definition:                      Extras.              (line  42)
* Appendable media, _definition:         Media.               (line  43)
* Appended Filesystem Image, -append_partition: Bootable.     (line 490)
* Appended partition, gaps in GPT:       Bootable.            (line 340)
* Appended partition, in APM:            Bootable.            (line 330)
* Appended partition, in MBR or GPT:     Bootable.            (line 321)
* Appended partitions, GPT:              Bootable.            (line 519)
* Appended partitions, MBR:              Bootable.            (line 500)
* Automatic execution order, of arguments, -x: ArgSort.       (line  16)
* Backslash Interpretation, _definition: Processing.          (line  57)
* Backup, enable fast incremental, -disk_dev_ino: Loading.    (line 399)
* Backup, enable features, -for_backup:  Loading.             (line 347)
* Backup, scdbackup checksum tag, -scdbackup: Emulation.      (line 197)
* Blank media, _definition:              Media.               (line  34)
* Blank, format, Immed bit, -use_immed_bit: SetWrite.         (line 547)
* Blind growing, _definition:            Methods.             (line  41)
* Bootability, control, -boot_image:     Bootable.            (line  75)
* Bugs, reporting:                       Bugreport.           (line   6)
* cdrecord, Emulation:                   Emulation.           (line 120)
* Character Set, for input, -in_charset: Loading.             (line 137)
* Character Set, for input/output, -charset: Charset.         (line  54)
* Character Set, for output, -out_charset: SetWrite.          (line 374)
* Character set, learn from image, -auto_charset: Loading.    (line 142)
* Character Set, of terminal, -local_charset: Charset.        (line  57)
* Character Set, _definition:            Charset.             (line   6)
* CHRP partition, _definition:           Bootable.            (line 353)
* Closed media, _definition:             Media.               (line  49)
* Comment, #:                            Scripting.           (line 164)
* Control, signal handling, -signal_handling: Exception.      (line  67)
* Create, new ISO image, _definition:    Methods.             (line   7)
* Cylinder alignment, _definition:       Bootable.            (line 397)
* Cylinder size, _definition:            Bootable.            (line 382)
* Damaged track and session, close, -close_damaged: Writing.  (line 211)
* DEC Alpha SRM boot sector, production: Bootable.            (line 467)
* Delete, from ISO image, -rm:           Manip.               (line  20)
* Delete, from ISO image, -rm_r:         Manip.               (line  26)
* Delete, ISO directory, -rmdir:         Manip.               (line  29)
* Device file locking, -drive_access:    AqDrive.             (line  72)
* Dialog, bring text into history, -history: Scripting.       (line  50)
* Dialog, confirmation question, -reassure: DialogCtl.        (line  29)
* Dialog, enable dialog mode, -dialog:   DialogCtl.           (line   7)
* Dialog, EOF resistant, -named_pipe_loop: Frontend.          (line 119)
* Dialog, line editing, -use_readline:   DialogCtl.           (line  26)
* Dialog, terminal geometry, -page:      DialogCtl.           (line  18)
* Directories, copy, -cp_clone:          Insert.              (line 207)
* Directory, copy, -clone:               Insert.              (line 196)
* Directory, create, -mkdir:             Insert.              (line 188)
* Directory, delete, -rmdir:             Manip.               (line  29)
* disk_path, _definition:                Insert.              (line   6)
* Drive, accessability, -drive_class:    AqDrive.             (line  43)
* Drive, classify stdio, -early_stdio_test: Loading.          (line 499)
* Drive, demand real MMC, -ban_stdio_write: Loading.          (line 495)
* Drive, eject tray, -eject:             Writing.             (line  50)
* Drive, for input and output, -dev:     AqDrive.             (line  12)
* Drive, for input, -indev:              AqDrive.             (line  23)
* Drive, for output, -outdev:            AqDrive.             (line  29)
* Drive, get drive list, -devices:       Inquiry.             (line   7)
* Drive, get drive list, -device_links:  Inquiry.             (line  17)
* Drive, list supported media, -list_profiles: Writing.       (line 165)
* Drive, reduce activity, -calm_drive:   Loading.             (line 479)
* Drive, report SCSI commands, -scsi_log: Scripting.          (line 151)
* Drive, write and eject, -commit_eject: Writing.             (line  53)
* Drive, _definition:                    Drives.              (line   6)
* EA, _definition:                       Extras.              (line  66)
* ECMA-119, _definition:                 Model.               (line   6)
* EFI system partition, _definition:     Bootable.            (line 362)
* El Torito, _definition:                Extras.              (line  19)
* Emulation, -as:                        Emulation.           (line  13)
* Emulation, .mkisofsrc, -read_mkisofsrc: Emulation.          (line 155)
* Emulation, cdrecord, -as:              Emulation.           (line 120)
* Emulation, mkisofs, -as:               Emulation.           (line  17)
* Emulation, options completion, -genisoimage_completion: Emulation.
                                                              (line 166)
* Emulation, pacifier form, -pacifier:   Emulation.           (line 184)
* Examples:                              Examples.            (line   6)
* extattr, _definition:                  Extras.              (line  66)
* File content, copy, -concat:           Restore.             (line 148)
* File names, curb length, -file_name_limit: Loading.         (line 419)
* File names, if Joliet is loaded:       Loading.             (line 385)
* File names, if neither Rock Ridge nor Joliet: Loading.      (line 372)
* Filesytem features, show, -assess_indev_features: Inquiry.  (line  61)
* Filter, apply to file tree, -set_filter_r: Filter.          (line  84)
* Filter, apply to file, -set_filter:    Filter.              (line  58)
* Filter, ban registration, -close_filter_list: Filter.       (line  50)
* Filter, register, -external_filter:    Filter.              (line  20)
* Filter, show chain, -show_stream:      Navigate.            (line 218)
* Filter, show chains of tree, -show_stream_r: Navigate.      (line 236)
* Filter, unregister, -unregister_filter: Filter.             (line  47)
* Filter, zisofs parameters, -zisofs:    SetWrite.            (line 385)
* Filter, _definition:                   Filter.              (line   6)
* Frontend program, start at pipes, -launch_frontend: Frontend.
                                                              (line 141)
* GPT Legacy BIOS bootable flag, set for ISO: Bootable.       (line 419)
* GPT read-only flag, do not set for ISO: Bootable.           (line 424)
* GPT, control GUID, -boot_image gpt_disk_guid=: Bootable.    (line 264)
* GPT, _definition:                      Extras.              (line  39)
* Group, global in ISO image, -gid:      SetWrite.            (line 382)
* Group, in ISO image, -chgrp:           Manip.               (line  49)
* Group, in ISO image, -chgrp_r:         Manip.               (line  53)
* Growing, _definition:                  Methods.             (line  20)
* Hard links, control handling, -hardlinks: Loading.          (line 153)
* HFS+ allocation block size:            Bootable.            (line 478)
* HFS+ serial number:                    Bootable.            (line 475)
* hidden, set in ISO image, -hide:       Manip.               (line 219)
* HP-PA boot sector, production:         Bootable.            (line 450)
* Image reading, cache size, -data_cache_size: Loading.       (line 511)
* Image, demand volume ID, -assert_volid: Loading.            (line 130)
* Image, discard pending changes, -rollback: Writing.         (line   9)
* Image, filesystem to load, -read_fs:   Loading.             (line 121)
* Image, override change status, -changes_pending: Writing.   (line  12)
* Image, set abstract file name, -abstract_file: SetWrite.    (line 336)
* Image, set all volume ids, -volid:     SetWrite.            (line 265)
* Image, set application id, -application_id: SetWrite.       (line 279)
* Image, set application iuse field, -application_use: SetWrite.
                                                              (line 361)
* Image, set biblio file name, -biblio_file: SetWrite.        (line 343)
* Image, set copyright file name, -copyright_file: SetWrite.  (line 329)
* Image, set preparer id, -preparer_id:  SetWrite.            (line 349)
* Image, set publisher id, -publisher:   SetWrite.            (line 273)
* Image, set some volume ids, -volid_for: SetWrite.           (line 229)
* Image, set system id, -system_id:      SetWrite.            (line 288)
* Image, set volume set id, -volset_id:  SetWrite.            (line 268)
* Image, set volume timestamp, -volume_date: SetWrite.        (line 295)
* Image, show Boot Catalog:              Inquiry.             (line 165)
* Image, show id strings, -pvd_info:     Inquiry.             (line 155)
* Image, show MBR, GPT, and alike, -pvd_info: Inquiry.        (line 200)
* Image, _definition:                    Model.               (line   9)
* Input Character Set, _definition:      Charset.             (line  25)
* Insert, enable overwriting, -overwrite: SetInsert.          (line 145)
* Insert, file exclusion absolute, -not_paths: SetInsert.     (line  59)
* Insert, file exclusion from file, -not_list: SetInsert.     (line  76)
* Insert, file exclusion pattern, -not_leaf: SetInsert.       (line  72)
* Insert, file exclusion, -not_mgt:      SetInsert.           (line  27)
* Insert, file exclusion, -quoted_not_list: SetInsert.        (line  79)
* Insert, if different, -update:         Insert.              (line 100)
* Insert, if different, -update_l:       Insert.              (line 120)
* Insert, if different, -update_li:      Insert.              (line 124)
* Insert, if different, -update_lxi:     Insert.              (line 128)
* Insert, if different, -update_r:       Insert.              (line 110)
* Insert, large file splitting, -split_size: SetInsert.       (line 159)
* Insert, limit data file size, -file_size_limit: SetInsert.  (line   7)
* Insert, links or mount points, -follow: SetInsert.          (line  82)
* Insert, meaning of = with -add, -pathspecs: SetInsert.      (line 129)
* Insert, non-dashed arguments, -add_plainly: Insert.         (line  68)
* Insert, path, -map:                    Insert.              (line  89)
* Insert, path, -map_single:             Insert.              (line  93)
* Insert, paths from disk file, -map_l:  Insert.              (line  96)
* Insert, paths from disk file, -path_list: Insert.           (line  81)
* Insert, paths from disk file, -quoted_path_list: Insert.    (line  85)
* Insert, paths, -cpr:                   Insert.              (line 175)
* Insert, pathspecs, -add:               Insert.              (line  44)
* Insert, piece of data file or device, -cut_out: Insert.     (line 139)
* Interval reader for system area and partitions: Bootable.   (line  32)
* ISO 9660, _definition:                 Model.               (line   6)
* iso_rr_path, _definition:              Insert.              (line   7)
* Jigdo Template Extraction, -jigdo:     Jigdo.               (line  37)
* Jigdo Template Extraction, _definition: Jigdo.              (line   6)
* LBA, _definition:                      Drives.              (line  17)
* libisofs, fixed "now" time:            Loading.             (line 393)
* Linux device type, -scsi_dev_family:   AqDrive.             (line  95)
* Linux directory attributes, show in ISO image, -lsattrd: Navigate.
                                                              (line  86)
* Linux file attributes, control handling, -lfa_flags: Loading.
                                                              (line 208)
* Linux file attributes, set in ISO image, -chattr: Manip.    (line 139)
* Linux file attributes, set in ISO image, -chattr_r: Manip.  (line 166)
* Linux file attributes, show in ISO image, -lsattr: Navigate.
                                                              (line  78)
* Linux file attributes, _definition:    Extras.              (line  84)
* List delimiter, _definition:           Processing.          (line  13)
* Local Character Set, _definition:      Charset.             (line  11)
* MBR bootable/active flag, enforce:     Bootable.            (line 408)
* MBR, set, -boot_image system_area=:    Bootable.            (line 231)
* MBR, _definition:                      Extras.              (line  27)
* MD5, control handling, -md5:           Loading.             (line 316)
* Media, erase, -blank:                  Writing.             (line  57)
* Media, format, -format:                Writing.             (line  87)
* Media, list formats, -list_formats:    Writing.             (line 130)
* Media, list write speeds, -list_speeds: Writing.            (line 141)
* MIPS boot file, activation:            Bootable.            (line 429)
* mkisofs, Emulation:                    Emulation.           (line  17)
* Modifying, _definition:                Methods.             (line  28)
* Multi-session media, _definition:      Media.               (line   7)
* Multi-session, _definition:            Model.               (line  18)
* Navigate, directory size in ISO image, -du: Navigate.       (line  97)
* Navigate, directory size in ISO image, -dus: Navigate.      (line 100)
* Navigate, directory size in on disk, -dusx: Navigate.       (line 107)
* Navigate, directory size in on disk, -dux: Navigate.        (line 103)
* Navigate, list disk files, -lsdlx:     Navigate.            (line  57)
* Navigate, list disk files, -lsdx:      Navigate.            (line  51)
* Navigate, list disk files, -lslx:      Navigate.            (line  54)
* Navigate, list disk files, -lsx:       Navigate.            (line  45)
* Navigate, list ISO files, -ls:         Navigate.            (line  24)
* Navigate, list ISO files, -lsd:        Navigate.            (line  31)
* Navigate, list ISO files, -lsdl:       Navigate.            (line  42)
* Navigate, list ISO files, -lsl:        Navigate.            (line  34)
* Navigate, set disk working directory, -cdx: Navigate.       (line  15)
* Navigate, set ISO working directory, -cd: Navigate.         (line   7)
* Navigate, tell disk working directory, -pwdx: Navigate.     (line  21)
* Navigate, tell ISO working directory, -pwd: Navigate.       (line  19)
* Next writeable address, -grow_blindly: AqDrive.             (line 112)
* Older session, activate, -truncate_overwritable: Writing.   (line 169)
* Output Character Set, _definition:     Charset.             (line  26)
* Overwritable media, _definition:       Media.               (line  14)
* Ownership, global in ISO image, -uid:  SetWrite.            (line 379)
* Ownership, in ISO image, -chown:       Manip.               (line  43)
* Ownership, in ISO image, -chown_r:     Manip.               (line  47)
* Partition offset, _definition:         Bootable.            (line 372)
* Partition table, _definition:          Bootable.            (line 304)
* Pathspec, _definition:                 SetInsert.           (line 131)
* Pattern expansion, for disk paths, -disk_pattern: Insert.   (line  34)
* Pattern expansion, for ISO paths, -iso_rr_pattern: Manip.   (line  10)
* Pattern expansion, _definition:        Processing.          (line  29)
* Permissions, in ISO image, -chmod:     Manip.               (line  55)
* Permissions, in ISO image, -chmod_r:   Manip.               (line  66)
* PReP partition, _definition:           Bootable.            (line 357)
* Problems, reporting:                   Bugreport.           (line   6)
* Process, consolidate text output, -pkt_output: Frontend.    (line   7)
* Process, control abort on error, -abort_on: Exception.      (line  28)
* Process, control exit value, -return_with: Exception.       (line  39)
* Process, control verbosity, -report_about: Exception.       (line  54)
* Process, disable startup files, -no_rc: Scripting.          (line   7)
* Process, end program and write, -end:  Scripting.           (line 159)
* Process, end program, no writing, -rollback_end: Scripting. (line 162)
* Process, error workarounds, -error_behavior: Exception.     (line  93)
* Process, log output channels to file, -logfile: Frontend.   (line  19)
* Process, read command file, -options_from_file: Scripting.  (line  12)
* Process, set synchronizing message, -mark: Frontend.        (line  23)
* Program messages, perform operations, -msg_op: Frontend.    (line  27)
* Program, backslash conversion, -backslash_codes: Scripting. (line  79)
* Program, curb memory, -temp_mem_limit: Scripting.           (line 104)
* Program, end and write, -end:          Scripting.           (line 159)
* Program, end without writing, -rollback_end: Scripting.     (line 162)
* Program, list extra features, -list_extras: Scripting.      (line  24)
* Program, print help text, -help:       Scripting.           (line  19)
* Program, print help text, -prog_help:  Frontend.            (line 178)
* Program, print message text line, -print_info: Scripting.   (line 112)
* Program, print result text line, -print: Scripting.         (line 110)
* Program, print synchronizing text line, -print_mark: Scripting.
                                                              (line 114)
* Program, print version, -version:      Scripting.           (line  22)
* Program, prompt for enter key, -prompt: Scripting.          (line 118)
* Program, replace --, -list_delimiter:  Scripting.           (line  63)
* Program, set name, -prog:              Frontend.            (line 176)
* Program, show current settings, -status: Scripting.         (line  52)
* Program, status history, -status_history_max: Scripting.    (line  60)
* Program, wait a time span, -sleep:     Scripting.           (line 121)
* Quoted input, _definition:             Processing.          (line  51)
* Read, set speed, -read_speed:          Loading.             (line  11)
* Recovery, retrieve blocks, -check_media: Verify.            (line  21)
* Relocation directory, set name, -rr_reloc_dir: SetWrite.    (line 211)
* Rename, in ISO image, -move:           Manip.               (line  31)
* Rename, in ISO image, -mv:             Manip.               (line  37)
* Restore, copy boot equipment to disk, -extract_boot_images: Restore.
                                                              (line 176)
* Restore, copy file into disk file, -paste_in: Restore.      (line 142)
* Restore, copy file piece to disk, -extract_cut: Restore.    (line 108)
* Restore, copy file to disk, -extract_single: Restore.       (line 101)
* Restore, copy file tree to disk, -extract: Restore.         (line  90)
* Restore, copy file trees to disk, -cp_rx: Restore.          (line 131)
* Restore, copy file trees to disk, -cp_rx <1>: Restore.      (line 139)
* Restore, copy files to disk, -cpax:    Restore.             (line 128)
* Restore, copy files to disk, -cpx:     Restore.             (line 117)
* Restore, copy files to disk, -extract_l: Restore.           (line 104)
* Restore, enable ISO-to-disk, -osirrox: Restore.             (line  25)
* Result layout, more shell-like, -sh_style_result: Scripting.
                                                              (line  69)
* Rock Ridge, _definition:               Extras.              (line   6)
* Session, altered start address, -displacement: Loading.     (line 103)
* Session, info string, -session_string: Inquiry.             (line 121)
* Session, issue mount command, -mount:  Restore.             (line 204)
* Session, log when written, -session_log: Scripting.         (line 142)
* Session, mount command line, -mount_cmd: Inquiry.           (line  94)
* Session, mount parameters, -mount_opts: Inquiry.            (line 112)
* Session, select as input, -load:       Loading.             (line  55)
* Session, _definition:                  Model.               (line   6)
* Sorting order, for -x, -list_arg_sorting: ArgSort.          (line  26)
* SUN Disk Label, production:            Bootable.            (line 440)
* SUN SPARC boot images, activation:     Bootable.            (line 539)
* Symbolic link, create, -lns:           Insert.              (line 192)
* System area, _definition:              Bootable.            (line 231)
* Table-of-content, choose info to show, -toc_info_type: Inquiry.
                                                              (line  49)
* Table-of-content, search sessions, -rom_toc_scan: Loading.  (line 451)
* Table-of-content, show parts of, -toc_of: Inquiry.          (line  41)
* Table-of-content, show, -toc:          Inquiry.             (line  27)
* Timestamps, set in ISO image, -alter_date: Manip.           (line 181)
* Timestamps, set in ISO image, -alter_date_r: Manip.         (line 216)
* Tree, disk, traverse, -findx:          Navigate.            (line 110)
* Tree, ISO, traverse and alter, -find:  CmdFind.             (line   7)
* Unsuitable media states, _definition:  Media.               (line  25)
* UTF-16, for Joliet paths, -compliance: SetWrite.            (line 117)
* Verify, check blocks, -check_media:    Verify.              (line  21)
* Verify, compare ISO and disk file, -compare: Navigate.      (line 198)
* Verify, compare ISO and disk tree, -compare_r: Navigate.    (line 210)
* Verify, compare ISO and disk, -compare_l: Navigate.         (line 214)
* Verify, file checksum, -check_md5:     Verify.              (line 184)
* Verify, file tree checksums, -check_md5_r: Verify.          (line 202)
* Verify, preset -check_media, -check_media_defaults: Verify. (line  40)
* Write, block size and end alignment, -dvd_obs: SetWrite.    (line 490)
* Write, bootability, -boot_image:       Bootable.            (line  75)
* Write, buffer syncing, -stdio_sync:    SetWrite.            (line 559)
* Write, close media, -close:            SetWrite.            (line 574)
* Write, compliance to specs, -compliance: SetWrite.          (line  62)
* Write, defect management, -stream_recording: SetWrite.      (line 479)
* Write, disable Rock Ridge, -rockridge: SetWrite.            (line  57)
* Write, drive buffer, -modesty_on_drive: SetWrite.           (line 509)
* Write, enable HFS+, -hfsplus:          SetWrite.            (line  14)
* Write, enable Joliet, -joliet:         SetWrite.            (line  10)
* Write, explicit OPC, -perform_opc:     SetWrite.            (line 610)
* Write, fifo size, -fs:                 SetWrite.            (line 569)
* Write, free space, -tell_media_space:  Inquiry.             (line 145)
* Write, log problematic disk files, -errfile_log: Scripting. (line 124)
* Write, log written sessions, -session_log: Scripting.       (line 142)
* Write, padding image, -padding:        SetWrite.            (line 597)
* Write, pending ISO image, -commit:     Writing.             (line  27)
* Write, predict image size, -print_size: Inquiry.            (line 133)
* Write, set speed, -speed:              SetWrite.            (line 460)
* Write, simulation, -dummy:             SetWrite.            (line 566)
* Write, TAO or SAO/DAO, -write_type:    SetWrite.            (line 590)
* xattr, control handling, -xattr:       Loading.             (line 197)
* xattr, set in ISO image, -setfattr:    Manip.               (line 103)
* xattr, set in ISO image, -setfattr_list: Manip.             (line 120)
* xattr, set in ISO image, -setfattr_r:  Manip.               (line 118)
* xattr, show in ISO image, -getfattr:   Navigate.            (line  69)
* xattr, show in ISO image, -getfattr_r: Navigate.            (line  75)
* xattr, _definition:                    Extras.              (line  66)
* XFS-style project ids, control handling, -projid: Loading.  (line 282)
* XFS-style project ids, set in ISO image, -set_projid: Manip.
                                                              (line 173)
* XFS-style project ids, set in ISO image, -set_projid_r: Manip.
                                                              (line 178)
* XFS-style project ids, show in ISO image, -get_projid: Navigate.
                                                              (line  90)
* XFS-style project ids, show in ISO image, -get_projid_r: Navigate.
                                                              (line  94)
* XFS-style project ids, _definition:    Extras.              (line  93)



Tag Table:
Node: Top415
Node: Overview1405
Node: Model3441
Node: Media6344
Node: Methods9265
Node: Drives11851
Node: Extras15805
Node: Processing21907
Node: Dialog25744
Node: Commands27433
Node: ArgSort29165
Node: AqDrive30659
Node: Loading37838
Node: Insert68628
Node: SetInsert80823
Node: Manip91274
Node: CmdFind103770
Node: Filter126369
Node: Writing130991
Node: SetWrite143608
Node: Bootable179857
Node: Jigdo212591
Node: Charset217594
Node: Exception220923
Node: DialogCtl227112
Node: Inquiry229714
Node: Navigate242216
Node: Verify254269
Node: Restore265669
Node: Emulation277876
Node: Scripting289452
Node: Frontend297707
Node: Reproducible307336
Node: Examples309797
Node: ExDevices310975
Node: ExCreate311636
Node: ExDialog312936
Node: ExGrowing314207
Node: ExModifying315016
Node: ExBootable315526
Node: ExCharset316081
Node: ExPseudo316977
Node: ExCdrecord317904
Node: ExMkisofs318224
Node: ExGrowisofs320121
Node: ExException321274
Node: ExTime321732
Node: ExIncBackup322190
Node: ExRestore326216
Node: ExRecovery327162
Node: Files327734
Node: Environ329068
Node: Seealso329419
Node: Bugreport330219
Node: Legal330810
Node: CommandIdx331822
Node: ConceptIdx351274

End Tag Table
